FLEX ACQUISITION CORP
SB-2, 1996-11-29
Previous: FLEX ACQUISITION CORP, S-4, 1996-11-29
Next: MELLON BANK PREMIUM FINANCE MASTER TRUST, S-3/A, 1996-11-29




                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C. 20549

                                  FORM SB-2
           REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                    Commission File No. 33-_______________

                        Flex Acquisitions Corporation
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                                    Texas
                           (State of Incorporation)

                                 ___________
           (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)

                                  76-0498636
                   (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

                       770 S. Post Oak Lane, Suite 515
                              Houston, TX 77056
                                 713/840-7500
                           Facsimile: 713/840-7554
                (Address and telephone number of registrant's
                         principal executive offices)

                        Michael T. Fearnow, President
                       770 S. Post Oak Lane, Suite 515
                              Houston, TX 77056
                                 713/840-7500
                           Facsimile: 713/840-7554
          (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                                  Copies to:

                           M. Stephen Roberts, Esq.
                       770 S. Post Oak Lane, Suite 515
                              Houston, TX 77056
                                 713/961-2696
                           Facsimile: 713/961-1148

                               Explanatory Note

     This  Registration  Statement covers the registration of (i)up to 100,000
units ("Units"), each Unit consisting of 100,000 shares of its $.001 par value
common  stock,  200,000 Class A Warrants and 200,000 Class B Warrants for sale
by  the  Company in an underwritten public offering and (ii) the  distribution
of  20,000  shares  of  common  stock  owned  by  the  sole shareholder of the
Registrant,  its  corporate  parent,  to  its shareholders as a stock dividend
("Dividend  Distribution").

        The complete Prospectus relating to  the underwritten offering follows
immediately  after  this  Explanatory  Note.  Following the Prospectus for the
underwritten  offering  are  pages  of  the  Dividend  Distribution Prospectus
relating  solely  to  the  Dividend  Distribution, including alternative front
cover pages and a section entitled "Concurrent Offering" to be used in lieu of
the  section  entitled  "Underwriting"  in  the  Prospectus  relating  to  the
underwritten  offering.    Certain  sections  of  the  Prospectus  for  the
underwritten  offering,  such as "Use of Proceeds" and "Dilution," will not be
used  in  the  Prospectus  relating  to  the  Dividend  Distribution.

       Approximate date of commencement  of proposed sale of securities to the
public:    As  soon  as  practicable  after the Registration Statement becomes
effective.

<PAGE>

     If  the  securities  being registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed  or  continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933,  check  the  following  box    [X]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
=====================================================================================================
                                                             PROPOSED      PROPOSED
                                                             MAXIMUM        MAXIMUM
 TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                                      OFFERING      AGGREGATE     AMOUNT OF
   SECURITIES TO BE                        AMOUNT BEING       PRICE        OFFERING    REGISTRATION
      REGISTERED                            REGISTERED   PER SECURITY(1)   PRICE(1)         FEE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>           <C>               <C>         <C>
Units, each consisting of one share
of common stock, $.001 par value,
two Class B Warrants and two Class C
Warrants(2)
Common Stock ($.001)                            100,000  $           5.70  $  570,000  $      172.71
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class B Warrants(3)                             200,000  $            .10  $   20,000  $        6.06
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock Underlying Class B Warrants        200,000  $           6.25  $1,250,000  $      378.75
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class C Warrants(3)                             200,000  $            .05  $   10,000  $        3.03
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock Underlying Class C Warrants        200,000  $          10.00  $2,000,000  $      606.00
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock (4)                                 20,000  $           0.04  $      800  $        0.24
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   TOTAL                                                                               $    1,166.79
=====================================================================================================
<FN>

(1) Estimated  solely  for  the  purpose  of  calculating  the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457.

(2) The  actual  Unit  is  not  being registered as a security, as such Unitonly represents a minimum
purchase  amount.

(3) The  registration  statement  also  covers  any  additional  securities which may become issuable
pursuant  to  anti-dilution  provisions  of  the  warrants.

(4) These 20,000 shares are owned by the sole shareholder of the Registrant,its corporate parent, and
are  to  be  distributed  by  the  sole  shareholder  to  its  shareholders as a stock dividend.  The
registration  fee  is  based  upon  the  book  value  of  the  Registrant  as of  July  31,1996.
</TABLE>


          The  registrant  hereby  amends  this registration statement on such
date  or  dates  as  may  be  necessary  to delay its effective date until the
registrant  shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this
registration  statement  shall  thereafter become effective in accordance with
section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement
shall become effective on such date as the  Commission acting pursuant to said
section  8(a)  may  determine.

<PAGE>

                                                                    PROSPECTUS

                        FLEX ACQUISITIONS CORPORATION
                            (a Texas corporation)

      100,000 Units, Each Unit Consisting of One Share of Common Stock,
                Two Class B Warrants and Two Class C Warrants

     Flex Acquisitions Corporation ("Company") is offering 100,000 Units, each
Unit  consisting  of  one  share  of  common  stock,  $.001 par value ("Common
Stock"),  and  four  Common  Stock  purchase  warrants ("Class B Warrants" and
"Class C Warrants", collectively, the "Warrants").  The shares of Common Stock
and  Warrants  included  in  the  Units are immediately detachable, separately
transferable  and separately tradeable as of the date of this Prospectus.  The
Units  will  not be tradeable.  All Units offered hereby are being sold by the
Company.

     Each  Class  B  Warrant and each Class C Warrant is presently exercisable
and  entitles  the  holder thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock at an
exercise  price  of  $6.25  and  $10.00, respectively.  The Warrants expire on
January  1,  2001,  unless extended by the Company's Board of Directors.  Each
Class  B  Warrant  may be redeemed by the Company at any time after January 1,
1997  at a price of $0.05 per warrant if the reported closing bid price of the
Common  stock is at least $7.50 per share (132% of the initial public offering
price  of  the  Common  Stock)  for  a  period  of 20 consecutive trading days
immediately  prior to the date of the notice of redemption to warrant holders.
Each  Class c Warrant may be redeemed by the Company at any time after January
1,  1997  at a price of $0.05 per warrant if the reported closing bid price of
the  Common  stock  is  at  least $12.00 per share (222% of the initial public
offering  price  of  the  Common Stock) for a period of 20 consecutive trading
days  immediately  prior  to  the  date of the notice of redemption to warrant
holders.    Notice  of the redemption will be mailed to all Warrant holders at
least  30  days  before  the date on which the Warrants have been called.  See
"DESCRIPTION  OF  SECURITIES-Redeemable  Common  Stock  Purchase  Warrants."

          Concurrently  with  the  offering  of  the  Units,  the  Company  is
registering,  by means of a separate prospectus, 20,000 shares of Common stock
to be distributed by American NorTel Communications, Inc. ("American NorTel"),
the  corporate  parent  of  the  Company, to its shareholders by dividend (the
"Spinoff").    Any  closing  of  the  Units  offering  is conditioned upon the
consummation  of certain transactions, including the merger of the Company and
another  corporation  with  a  similar name, Flex Financial Group, Inc. ("Flex
Financial").   The proposed Merger is being registered with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission  ("the  SEC") simultaneously with the registration of the
offering  of Units and the Spinoff described herein.  See "SUMMARY OF PROPOSED
TRANSACTIONS."

     Prior  to  this  offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock  or  Warrants  and  there  can  be  no assurance that such a market will
develop  after  the completion of this offering or, if developed, that it will
be  sustained.    The  initial  public  offering  price  of the Shares and the
Warrants  and  the  exercise  price  and other terms of the Warrants have been
arbitrarily  determined  by the Company and will not necessarily be related to
the assets, book value or any other established criterion of value.  See "RISK
FACTORS"  and  "UNDERWRITING".

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE  SECURITIES  OFFERED  HEREBY  INVOLVE  A  HIGH  DEGREE OF RISK.  SEE "RISK
FACTORS."

<PAGE>

                     ____________________________________

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION
OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF
THIS  PROSPECTUS.    ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                     ____________________________________

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------  -----------  --------------  ----------------
                                    Underwriting     Proceeds to
                       Price to    Discounts and      Issuer or
                       Recipient    Commissions    Other Person(1)
- --------------------  -----------  --------------  ----------------
<S>                   <C>          <C>             <C>
Per Unit              $      6.00  $          .60  $           5.40
- --------------------  -----------  --------------  ----------------
Total: 100,000 Units  $600,000.00  $    60,000.00  $     540,000.00
- --------------------  -----------  --------------  ----------------
<FN>
(1) Before  deducting  expenses,  other  than  underwriting  discounts  and
commissions,  payable  by  the  Company,  estimated  to  be  $56,250.
</TABLE>

     The Units are being offered by the Underwriter, as agent for the Company,
on  a  "best  efforts  all  or  none  basis" as to 20,000 Units and on a "best
efforts  basis" as to the remaining 80,000 Units.  The offering will terminate
upon  the  later  of (i) 120 days after the date of this Prospectus or (ii) if
extended  by  the  Company,  180  days after the date of this Prospectus.  The
minimum  subscription  is  1,000  Units.

     When  collected,  subscription  funds will be held in an interest-bearing
escrow  account  with  Southwest  Bank of Texas, N.A., Houston, Texas ("Escrow
Agent").    Upon  receipt  of subscriptions for 20,000 Units, the net proceeds
will  be  released  from  escrow  to  the  Company  ("Initial  closing").
Subscriptions  for  additional Units will be placed in escrow, and released to
the  Company  every  30 days ("Interim Closings") until the termination of the
offering,  when  any remaining funds in escrow will be released to the Company
("Final  Closing").    The Company reserves the right to reject orders for the
purchase  of Units in whole or in part, and if a subscription is rejected, the
subscriber's  funds  will returned without interest within three business days
after rejection.  Within 30 days following the Initial, each Interim and Final
Closing,  a  subscriber's  security certificates will be mailed by first class
mail.

     The Company is not a "reporting company," as such term is employed in the
Securities  Exchange  Act  of 1934.  It is not listed on any exchange, and its
Common  Stock  is  not  eligible  for quotation on the NASDAQ Small-Cap Market
("NADSAQ").    There presently is no public market for the Common Stock of the
Company,  and there can be no assurance that such a market will develop or can
be  sustained should there be a completion of the proposed Merger.  Should the
proposed  Merger  not  be  effected,  there  will  be no public market for the
securities  of  the Company because of the above-described escrow arrangement.
See  "SUMMARY  OF  PROPOSED  TRANSACTIONS  -  The  Escrow  Arrangement."



            The date of this Prospectus is _________________, 1996

<PAGE>

                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     Registration  Statement.  The  Company  has filed with the Securities and
     -----------------------
Exchange  Commission  in  Washington,  D.C. a Registration Statement under the
Securities  Act  of 1933, as amended, with respect to the Common Stock offered
by  this  Prospectus.  For further information with respect to the Company and
the  Common  Stock  offered  hereby,  reference  is  made  to the Registration
Statement  and  the  exhibits  listed  in  the  Registration  Statement.   The
Registration  Statement  can  be  examined at the Public Reference Room of the
Securities and Exchange Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549,  and  copies  may  be  obtained  upon  payment  of the prescribed fees.

     Reports  to  Shareholders.  The  Company I ntends to furnish shareholders
     -------------------------
with  annual  reports  containing  financial statements audited by independent
certified  public  accountants  and such other periodic reports as it may deem
appropriate  or  as  required  by  law.

     Stock  Certificates.    It  is  expected  that  certificates  for  the
     -------------------
securities  comprising  the  Units  offered  hereby will be ready for delivery
within  30  days after the date of any closing of subscriptions and within two
weeks  with  respect to the 20,000 Shares to be distributed by American NorTel
to  the  escrow  agent  (see  "The  Escrow  Arrangement").

     Post-Effective  Amendment  and  Prospectus  Stickers  Concerning Proposed
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Merger.    Should  the  proposed  Merger  described herein  be approved by the
- ------
requisite shareholder vote of Flex Financial and become effective, the Company
will  file  a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement described
above and cause stickers to be placed on the front cover page of all copies of
the  Prospectus, which amendment and stickers will describe the results of the
vote  and  the  effective  date  of  the  merger.

     Private  Securities  Litigation Reform Act Safe Harbor  Statement.   When
     -----------------------------------------------------------------
used  in  the Prospectus, the words "estimate", "project", "intend", "expect",
and  similar  expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.
Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual
results  to  differ  materially.    For  a discussion of such risks, see "RISK
FACTORS".    Readers  are  cautioned  not  to  place  undue  reliance on these
forward-looking  statements,  which  speak  only  as  of the date hereof.  The
Company does not undertake any obligation to publicly release any revisions to
these  forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the
date  hereof  or  to  reflect  the  occurrence  of  unanticipated  events.

UNTIL _____________________, 1996 (90 DAYS AFTER THE REGISTERED SECURITIES ARE
RELEASED  FROM  ESCROW  PURSUANT TO RULE 419 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933)
ALL  DEALERS  EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS  IN  THE  REGISTERED  SECURITIES  MAY BE
REQUIRED  TO  DELIVER  A  PROSPECTUS.

<PAGE>

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                            Page
ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION
INTRODUCTION
SUMMARY  OF  PROPOSED  TRANSACTION
  The  Three  Companies
    Flex  Acquisitions  Corporation
    Flex  Financial  Group,  Inc.
    American  NorTel  Communications,  Inc.
      The  Spinoff
  The  Proposed  Merger
  The  Escrow  Arrangement
  Consequences  Should  the  Merger  Not  Occur
  Degree  of  Management  Control  of  Vote  on  Merger
  Dissenters'  Rights  of  Appraisal
  Compliance  with  Governmental  Regulations
  Tax  Consequences  of  the  transaction
  Risk  Factors
RISK  FACTORS
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
USE  OF  PROCEEDS
TERMS  OF  THE  TRANSACTION
  Terms  of  the  Merger
  Reasons  for  the  Merger  and  Spinoff
  Accounting  Treatment  of  Proposed  Merger
  Plan  of  Merger
  Description  of  Securities
    Common  Stock
      Voting  Rights
      Dividend  Rights
      Liquidation  Rights
      Preemptive  Rights
      Registrar  and  Transfer  Agent
      Dissenters'  Rights
    Redeemable  Common  Stock  Purchase  Warrants
      Class  B  Warrants
      Class  C  Warrants
    Preferred  Stock
    Other  Securities  of  the  Company
      Class  A  Common  Stock  Purchase  Options
      Unit  Purchase  Options
      Class  B  and  Class  C  Warrants
  Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences
    The  Merger
    The  Spinoff
    Shareholders  of  American  NorTel
  Pro  Forma  Financial  Information  and  Dilution
  Material  Contacts  Among  the  Companies
  Reoffering  by  Party  Deemed  to  be  an  Underwriter
  Interest  of  Counsel
  Special  Provisions  of  the  Articles  of
    Incorporation  and  Texas  Law
INFORMATION  ABOUT  THE  COMPANY
  Description  of  Business  and  Properties
  Course  of  Business  Should  the  Merger  Not  Occur
  Legal  Proceedings

<PAGE>

  Market  for  the  Company's  Common  Sock  and  Related
    Stockholder  Matters
  Rule  144  and  rule  145  restrictions  on  Trading
  Financial  Statements
    Independent  Auditor'  Reports
    Balance  Sheet
    Statement  of  Operations
    Statement  of  changes  in  Stockholder's  Equity
    Statement  of  Cash  Flows
    Notes  to  Financial  Statement
INFORMATION  ABOUT  FLEX  FINANCIAL
  Management's  Plan  of  Operation
    Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources
  Plan  of  Operation
    Business  Objectives
    Business  Experience  of  Principals
    Business  Plan
      1.  General
      2.  Subordination  and  Bridge  Loans
      3.  Long  Term  Investment  Opportunities
          Investment  Transactions
      4.  Long  Term  Investment  Opportunities
          Business  Combinations
      5.  Miscellaneous  Matters
  Description  of  Business  Properties
  Legal  Proceedings
  Financial  Statements
    Independent  Auditor's  Report
    Balance  Sheet
    Statement  of  Operations
    Statement  of  Changes  in  Stockholders'  Equity
    Statement  of  Cash  Flows
    Notes  to  Financial  Statements
MANAGEMENT  INFORMATION
  Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners
    The  Company
    Flex  Financial
  Directors,  Executive  Officers  and  Significant
     Employees
  Remuneration  of  Directors  and  Officers
    The  Company
    Flex  Financial
    Stock  Options
  Interest  of  Management  and  Others
     In  Certain  transactions
  Parents
UNDERWRITING
PLAN  OF  MERGER

<PAGE>

                                 INTRODUCTION

Securities  Issued  in  Initial  Public  Offering

     The  Company  is issuing 100,000 Units, each Unit consisting of one share
of  Common Stock, two Class B Warrants and two Class C Warrants, at a price of
$6.00 per Unit.  The shares of Common Stock and Warrants included in the Units
are  immediately  detachable, separately transferable and separately tradeable
as  of  the  date  of  this Prospectus.  The Units will not be tradeable.  All
Units  offered  hereby  are being sold by the Company.  See "USE OF PROCEEDS."

Securities  Issued  in  Other  Transactions  Being  Registered

     Concurrently  with the offering of the Units, the Company is registering,
by  means  of  a  separate  prospectus,  20,000  shares  of Common stock to be
distributed  by  American NorTel Communications, Inc. ("American NorTel"), the
corporate  parent  of  the  Company,  to  its  shareholders  by  dividend (the
"Spinoff").    The  Units  offering  is  conditioned  upon the consummation of
certain  transactions  including  the  merger  of  the  Company  and  another
corporation  with  a  similar  name,  Flex  Financial  Group,  Inc.  ("Flex
Financial").   The proposed Merger is being registered with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission  ("the  SEC") simultaneously with the registration of the
offering  of Units and the Spinoff described herein.  See "SUMMARY OF PROPOSED
TRANSACTION."

     Any closing of the Units offering is conditioned upon the consummation of
the merger of the Company and Flex Financial by filing Articles of Merger with
the  Secretary  of  State  of  Texas.

                       SUMMARY OF PROPOSED TRANSACTION

     The  transaction discussed herein is a distribution by a corporation of a
dividend to its shareholders, the dividend consisting of all the capital stock
of  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  corporation.    The distributing corporation,
American  NorTel  Communications, Inc. ("American NorTel"), organized and owns
all 20,000 issued and outstanding shares ("the Shares") of Common Stock of the
Registrant,  Flex  Acquisitions  Corporation ("the Company").  American NorTel
proposes  to  distribute  the  Shares ("the Spinoff") to its approximately 780
shareholders  residing  in  31  states and Canada on the basis of one share of
Common  Stock  of  the Company for each 588 shares of common stock of American
NorTel held of record by its shareholders on September 30, 1996; provided that
only  American  NorTel  shareholders  entitled to at least five shares will be
eligible  for  the  dividend  distribution.

     The  Spinoff  is  being  done  with  reference to a proposed merger ("the
Merger") between the Company and another corporation with a similar name, Flex
Financial  Group,  Inc.  ("Flex  Financial").    The  proposed Merger is being
registered  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  ("the  SEC")
simultaneously  with  the  registration  of the Spinoff described herein.  The
proposed  Merger  will  be submitted to the shareholders of Flex Financial for
their approval or rejection.  American NorTel will approve the proposed Merger
before  the  Spinoff  occurs,  but there can be, and is, no assurance that the
shareholders  of  Flex  Financial  will  approve  the  proposed  Merger.

     Should  the  Merger be approved by the shareholders of Flex Financial and
be effected, the Company and Flex Financial will merge, with the Company being
the  surviving  corporation.  The shareholders of Flex Financial will exchange
all their capital stock in Flex Financial for 94,000 shares of Common Stock of
the  Company, and the officers and directors of Flex Financial will become the
officers  and  directors  of  the  Company.

<PAGE>

The  Three  Companies.
- ---------------------

     Three  companies  and  their shareholders are affected by the Spinoff and
Merger  transactions  described  in  this  Prospectus.

     Flex  Acquisitions  Corporation(the  "Company").    The  Company  was
     -----------------------------------------------
incorporated  under  the  laws of the State of Texas on March 21, 1996 for the
purpose  of  merging with Flex Financial Group, Inc. ("Flex Financial") should
the  Merger  transaction  described  herein  be  approved.  The Company has no
business  operations  or  significant  capital and has no present intention of
engaging  in  any  active  business  until  and  unless  it  merges  with Flex
Financial.

     The  business  office  of the Company is located at 770 S. Post Oak Lane,
Suite  515,  Houston,  TX  77056.    Its  telephone  number  is  713/840-7500.

     Flex  Financial  Group.  Inc.  ("Flex  Financial").  Flex  Financial  was
     --------------------------------------------------
incorporated  under  the  business  corporation  laws of the State of Texas on
August  16,  1995.

     General.    Flex  Financial  was formed in August, 1995 to participate in
     -------
certain  short-term  financing  opportunities (terms of less than one year) in
the  underwriting  segment  of  the  securities industry and to participate in
certain  long-term  financing  and  investment opportunities (terms of greater
than  one  year)  in  transactions  with operating businesses with significant
growth  potential  ("Target  Businesses").    The  Company  has  no  business
operations  or significant capital and has no present intention of engaging in
any  active  business until and unless it completes the public offering of its
securities  described  herein.

     Business  Plan.    The  Company  intends  to  participate in short term
     --------------
financing  opportunities  by  (i)  providing  and/or  participating  in equity
subordination  loans  to selected underwriters requiring additional excess net
capital  for  underwriting  specific  issues  on  a  firm  commitment  basis
("Subordination  Loans")  and  (ii)  providing  and/or participating in bridge
loans  to  selected  issuers  meeting the Company's due diligence standards in
connection  with  initial  public  offerings  and secondary financing ("Bridge
Loans").    By  reason of its participation in Subordination and Bridge Loans,
the  Company may be in a position to take advantage of long-term financing and
investment  opportunities  to  effect  exchanges of its assets for cash and/or
securities  not  involving  acquiring  control  share  positions  ("Investment
Transactions")  and  to  effect  mergers,  exchanges  of  capital stock, asset
acquisitions,  joint ventures or other similar business combinations involving
acquiring  control  share  positions  ("Business  Acquisitions")  with  Target
Businesses.    The Company also intends to engage in "spinoff" activities such
as  are described herein, such spinoffs to involve the distribution, by way of
stock  dividends  or  otherwise, of registered shares of stock of other public
companies.    The  Company  initially  undertook  a  private  placement of its
securities  ("Private Placement") primarily to provide the capital to commence
the  investigation,  negotiation and participation in Subordination and Bridge
Loans.

     Management  of  the  Company  believes  that financing opportunities will
become  available to the Company due primarily to the liquidity of its assets,
its  future  status  as  a  publicly-held  company,  and  its  flexibility  in
structuring  and  participating  in  financing  opportunities.

     The  Company  maintains  its  offices at 770 S. Post Oak Lane, Suite 515,
Houston,  Texas  77056  where  its  telephone  number  is  713/  840-7500.

     The business office of Flex Financial is 770 S. Post Oak Lane, Suite 515,
Houston,  TX  77056.    Its  telephone  number  is  713/840-7500.

<PAGE>

     American  NorTel  Communications  Inc.   American  NorTel  Communications
     -------------------------------------
Inc. ("American NorTel") filed its Certificate of Registration and Articles of
Continuance  with  the Secretary of State of the State of Wyoming and became a
Wyoming  corporation  effective  February 9, 1993.  The company was originally
incorporated  in  British Columbia, Canada on May 17, 1979.  American NorTel's
common stock has been listed for trading on the Vancouver Stock Exchange since
September  18,  1980.    In conjunction with a one for five consolidation, the
company's  name was changed to Coldsprings Resources Ltd. on June 4, 1987.  In
conjunction  with  a  one  for  ten  consolidation,  its  name  was changed to
Islehaven  Capital Corporation on July 14, 1987.  The company changed its name
to  NorTel  Communications  Inc. on June 17, 1991.   In conjunction with a one
for  ten  consolidation,  the  company's  name  was changed to American NorTel
Communications  Inc.  on  May  11,  1992.

     American  NorTel  currently  operates  only  in  the  telecommunications
business,  providing  long  distance  telephone  service  in  combination with
additional  related  services  in  the  United  States and a number of foreign
countries, including Argentina, Brazil, Mexico, Canada, and Costa Rica.  Until
the  end  of  1993,  the  Company  was  also  in  the  mining  development and
exploration  business  in  Costa  Rica  and  Canada,  and  has divested of its
remaining  mining  assets.

     In 1987, American NorTel was inactive and was classified as dormant under
the  rules  of  the  Vancouver  Stock  Exchange.   The then current management
organized  a reverse take-over by a number of limited partnerships and private
companies  which  were  engaged  in  the  mining  development  and exploration
business  and  who, on July 14, 1987, transferred all of their assets into the
company  for  Treasury  shares.  The company is no longer active in the mining
development  and exploration business.  In 1990, American NorTel became active
in  the  long  distance  telecommunications  business,  which  is now its only
business.

     American NorTel has approximately 780 shareholders.  The company seeks to
diversify  its  business  opportunities  and  investment  potential  to  its
shareholders by engaging in "spinoff" activities such as are described herein,
such  spinoffs  to  involve  the  distribution,  by  way of stock dividends or
otherwise,  of registered shares of stock of other companies.  American NorTel
organized  the Company and, prior to the date of this Prospectus, has been the
controlling  shareholder  of  the  Company.

     American  NorTel's  address  is  7201  E.  Camelback  Road,  Suite  320,
Scottsdale,  Arizona  85251.    Its  telephone  number  is  602/945-1266.

The  Spinoff.
- ------------

     American  NorTel  purchased  20,000 Shares of Common Stock of the Company
for  a  cash  consideration  of  $1,000  and  proposes  to  distribute  to the
shareholders  of  American NorTel, as a stock dividend, these 20,000 Shares on
the  basis of one share of the Company for every 588 shares of American NorTel
held  of  record  on  September  30,  1996; provided that only American NorTel
shareholders  entitled  to  at  least  five  shares  will  be eligible for the
dividend  distribution  ("the  Spinoff").    See  "Terms  of the Transaction."

The  Proposed  Merger.
- ---------------------

     Upon  the  effectiveness both of the registration statement of which this
Prospectus  is a part and the registration statement describing the Merger for
the  benefit  of  the  Flex  Financial  shareholders,  the shareholders of the
Company  and  of Flex Financial will each vote to approve or reject a proposed
merger  of  Flex  Financial  into  the  Company  on  the  following  terms:

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     Number of Shares of Capital Stock(1)
                   ----------------------------------------
                         Before Merger        After Merger
                   ------------------------  --------------
Beneficial Owners  Company  Flex Financial   The Company(2)
- -----------------  -------  ---------------  --------------
<S>                <C>      <C>              <C>
Flex Shareholders        0        94,000(3)       94,000(4)
American NorTel     20,000               0             0(5)
American NorTel's
   Shareholders          0               0        20,000(5)
                   -------  ---------------  --------------
                    20,000        94,000(3)      114,000(4)
<FN>
(1)     All shares of capital stock of the Company are shares of Common Stock.
 All  shares  of  capital  stock of Flex Financial are shares of Common Stock.

(2)       The surviving corporation of the Merger will be the Company but Flex
Financial's management and directors shall become the management and directors
of  the  Company.

(3)     In addition to these shares, there are reserved 185,332 shares of Flex
Financial  Common  Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and
warrants.

(4)      In addition to these shares, there will be reserved 185,332 shares of
the  Company's Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the presently issued
and  outstanding  Flex  Financial  options  and  warrants.

(5)     American NorTel will distribute its 20,000 Shares to its approximately
780  shareholders  ("the  Spinoff"  -  see  definition of this on page 2 under
"American  NorTel Communications Inc.") prior to the vote on the Merger by the
Flex  Financial stockholders.  This distribution initially shall be made to an
escrow  agent.    See  "The  Escrow  Arrangement"  immediately  below.   After
allocating  1  share  of  Common  Stock  of the Company for each 588 shares of
common  stock  of  American  NorTel  according  to  the  terms of the Spinoff,
American  NorTel  will have an uncertain number of Spinoff Shares representing
undistributed  whole  and fractional share interests not allocated as a result
of the rounding down.  It is likely that such Shares, accordingly, will remain
with  American  NorTel  and  not  be  distributed.
</TABLE>

The  Escrow  Arrangement.
- ------------------------

     A  vote  to  approve the Merger by the sole shareholder of the Company is
assured,  after  which  vote  American  NorTel shall declare a dividend to its
shareholders  of  the  20,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company held by it
("the Spinoff Shares").  Certificates representing the Spinoff Shares shall be
distributed  by  American  NorTel  to  Southwest Bank of Texas NA ("the Escrow
Agent")  to  be  held  in  escrow  for distribution by it to American NorTel's
approximately  780  shareholders  at  such time as (i) the Merger is effected,
(ii)  this  Prospectus  is  supplemented  to indicate that the Merger has been
effected  and the date of such effectiveness, and (iii) information concerning
the  Company  in its post-merger form shall have been made available to market
makers  of  the  Company's  stock and also published in Moody's OTC Industrial
Manual.    After  certificates  representing  the  Spinoff  Shares  have  been
delivered  to  the Escrow Agent, the shareholders of Flex Financial shall vote
to approve or disapprove the Merger.  Should they approve the Merger, Articles
of Merger must be filed with the Secretary of State of Texas, which filing and
recording  would  cause  the Company and Flex Financial to be merged, with the
Company  as  the  surviving  corporation.

<PAGE>

     Upon  the  legal  effectiveness of the Merger, the Company shall then (i)
file  a  post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement and supplement
this  Prospectus  to  indicate  the fact and date of the Merger and (ii) cause
information  concerning  the  Company  in  its  post-merger  form  to  be made
available  to  market  makers  of  the  Company's  stock and also published in
Moody's OTC Industrial Manual.  At that time, the Company shall provide to the
Escrow  Agent the Company's representation that the requirements of Securities
and  Exchange  Commission Regulation  230.419(e) have been met, and the Escrow
Agent  shall  distribute  the  escrowed  certificates representing the Spinoff
Shares  to  the  owners  of  such  Shares.    Effectiveness of the Merger is a
condition  to  a  closing  of  the  Units  offering.

     The  present  management of Flex Financial shall become the management of
the  Company  after  the  Merger  should  the  Merger become effective, but no
assurance  can  be  given  that  it  shall  become  effective.

Consequences  Should  the  Merger  Not  occur.
- ---------------------------------------------

     There  can  be  no assurance that the proposed Merger between the Company
and  Flex  Financial  will  occur,  since a favorable shareholder vote of Flex
Financial's  shareholders  must  be  obtained, and Flex Financial's management
does  not  hold voting power over a majority of any of its Common Stock, which
two  thirds  vote  is  required  for  Flex  Financial  to  approve the Merger.

     Should  the Merger not become effective, (i) Flex Financial will continue
as  a  closely-held  company  with  its existing assets and business, (ii) the
Company  will  have  no  significant  assets or business, and there will be no
trading  market  for  its  Common  Stock,  because  the  stock  certificates
representing all its issued and outstanding shares of capital stock will still
be  held  in  escrow  by  the Escrow Agent, and (iii) tis offering will not be
effected.   As long as this escrow continues, no transfer or other disposition
of the Shares held in escrow shall be permitted other than by will or the laws
of  descent  and  distribution  or  pursuant to a qualified domestic relations
order  as defined by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Title 1
of  the  Employee Retirement Income Security Act or the rules thereunder.  The
Company's  management  has no specific plans for an alternative to a rejection
of  the  proposed  Merger  but would seek to acquire a business or assets that
would  constitute a business, using funds contributed by management to pay the
costs  of such search.  Upon execution of any agreement for the acquisition of
a  business or assets that would constitute a business, the Company shall file
a  post effective amendment to the Registration Statement and shall supplement
this  Prospectus  to  disclose  information  about the alternative business or
assets  acquisition,  including  financial  statements  and  other information
required  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange Commissions's Rule 419.  Upon the
legal  effectiveness  of the acquisition described in the amended registration
statement  and supplemented Prospectus, an additional post-effective amendment
to  the  registration  statement would be filed, and upon the effectiveness of
such  post-effective  amendment  filed  with  the Commission, the Escrow Agent
would distribute the stock certificates held in escrow.  Should no alternative
to  the  Merger  be  effected within 18 months after the effective date of the
Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus is a part, Flex Financial has
agreed  to  convert  its  $4,000 Note according to its terms into common stock
representing    80%  of  the outstanding voting shares of the Company's Common
Stock  and  will have the voting rights to cause a dissolution of the Company.
Flex  Financial  has  indicated  its    intentions to so exercise these voting
rights to that effect at that time.   See "Summary of Proposed Transaction The
Escrow  Arrangement."

Degree  of  Management  Control  of  Vote  on  Merger.
- -----------------------------------------------------

     The Merger must be approved by a vote of a two-thirds (2/3's) vote of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock of each of the  Company and Flex Financial.
With  respect to such companies, the percentage of outstanding shares entitled
to  vote  and held by officers, directors and their affiliates are as follows:
the  Company  -  0%;  and  Flex  Financial  -  Common  Stock  -  43%.

<PAGE>

Dissenters'  Rights  of  Appraisal.
- ----------------------------------

     Those shareholders of Flex Financial who vote against the Merger have the
right  to  dissent  and  to  exercise  certain  rights of appraisal, which, if
exercised,  and  if  the Merger is effected, would cause Flex Financial to pay
these  dissenters the appraised value of their shareholdings.  See "Voting and
Management  Information  -  Dissenters'  Rights  of  Appraisal."

Compliance  with  Governmental  Regulations.
- -------------------------------------------

     No  federal  or state regulatory requirements, other than securities laws
and  regulations,  must be complied with or federal or state approval obtained
in  connection  with the Spinoff and Merger, other than the filing of articles
of merger with the Secretary of State of Texas after a favorable vote might be
obtained  on  the  proposed  merger.

Tax  Consequences  of  the  Transaction.
- ---------------------------------------

     The  Merger should be a "tax-free" reorganization under Section 368(a)(1)
of  the Internal Revenue Code.  The Spinoff is a taxable distribution for both
American  NorTel  and  American  NorTel's  shareholders,  but the value of the
Spinoff  Shares  for  taxable  purposes  is  believed by American NorTel to be
$0.001  per  Share.    See  "Terms  of  the  Transaction  Federal  Income  Tax
Consequences."

Risk  Factors.
- -------------

     Ownership  of the Common Stock of the Company is speculative and involves
a  high  degree of risk, whether the Merger with Flex Financial be effected or
not.    See  "Risk  Factors"  below.

                                 RISK FACTORS

     The shareholders of Flex Financial, all of whom shall be asked to vote on
the  proposed  Merger,  are making an investment decision that involves a high
degree  of  risk  and  should  carefully  consider  the  following  factors in
evaluating  the  Merger,  the  surviving  corporation,  and  its  business  in
determining  whether  to  approve  the  Merger.

     This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of
Section  27A  of  the Securities Act of 1933.  Such forward-looking statements
may  be  found  in  this  section  and  under  "Prospectus  Summary,"  "Use of
Proceeds,"  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and Business and Properties."  Actual events or results
could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements
as a result of various factors including, without limitation, the risk factors
set  forth  below  and elsewhere in this Prospectus.  In addition to the other
information contained in this Prospectus, the following risk factors should be
considered when evaluating an investment in the shares of Common Stock offered
hereby.

     1.       Financial Condition of the Company .  The  Company  was recently
              ----------------------------------
organized  and  has  no operating history, revenues from operations, or assets
other  than cash from the initial sale of stock.  The Company faces all of the
risks  of  a  new  business  and  those  risks  specifically  inherent  in the
investigation,  participation,  or investment in financings of the type sought
by  the Company.  Purchase of the securities in this offering must be regarded
as placing funds at a high risk in a new or "start-up" venture with all of the
unforeseen  costs, expenses, problems, and difficulties to which such ventures
are  subject.    There is no assurance that the Company will close the initial
public  offering  necessary  for  it  to implement its business plan, or if it
does, that the Company will be able to locate and participate in financing and
investment  opportunities.   In addition, even if the Company becomes involved
in  a  financing or investment opportunity, there is no assurance that it will
generate  revenues  or  profits,  nor  that  the  value or market price of the
Company's  Common  Stock  would  be  increased  thereby.

<PAGE>

     2.       No Operating History.  The Company was incorporated in the State
              --------------------
of  Texas  on  March  21, 1996.  The Company has conducted only organizational
business  and has no operating history.  Although the Company's management has
considerable business experience, there can be no assurance that the Company's
activities  will  be  profitable.

     3.       No Assurance of a Public Market and  Likelihood  of  a  Volatile
              ----------------------------------------------------------------
Market.    While  the  shares  of Common Stock of the Company to  be issued or
- ------
distributed  pursuant  to  this  Prospectus  will  be  free of restrictions on
transferability  for  all  persons except "affiliates" of the Company and Flex
Financial  (and  with  respect  to  such  "affiliates"  such  shares  may  be
transferred  subject  to  certain  restrictions), there is presently no public
market  for  the  Common Stock of the Company and there is no assurance that a
public  market  for  such  securities will develop after the occurrence of the
Merger  described  in  this  Prospectus,  or, if one develops, that it will be
sustained.    It is likely that any market that develops for the Common Stock,
should it develop, will be highly volatile and that the trading volume in such
market  will  be  limited.

     4.       Market Restrictions  on  Broker-Dealers.  The  Company's  common
              ---------------------------------------
stock  is  covered  by  a Securities and Exchange Commission rule that imposes
additional  sales  practice  requirements  on  broker-dealers  who  sell  such
securities  to  persons  other  than  established  customers  and  accredited
investors  (generally  institutions  with  assets  in  excess of $5 million or
individuals  with net worth in excess of $1 million or annual income exceeding
$200,000  or $300,000 jointly with their spouse).  For transactions covered by
the  rule, the broker-dealer must make a special suitability determination for
the purchaser and receive the purchaser's written agreement to the transaction
prior  to  the  sale.    Consequently,  the  rule  may  affect  the ability of
broker-dealers  to  sell  the  Company's  securities  and  also may affect the
ability  of  persons receiving shares in this offering to sell their shares in
the  secondary market.  Further, the Company's Common Stock, after the Merger,
will  initially  be quoted on an NASD inter-dealer system called "the Bulletin
Board,"  will  not  have  $4  million in assets or $2 million in stockholders'
equity  which are both required for it to qualify for quotation on NASDAQ, and
may  not  be  expected  to  command  a market price of $5 per share, the price
required  for  a  non-NASDAQ-quoted  security to escape the trading severities
imposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission on so-called "penny stocks."
These trading severities tend to reduce broker-dealer and investor interest in
penny  stocks  and  could  operate (i) to inhibit the ability of the Company's
stock  to  reach  a $3 per share trading price that would make it eligible for
quotation  on  NASDAQ even should it otherwise qualify for quotation on NASDAQ
and  (ii)  to inhibit the ability of the Company to use its stock for business
acquisition  purposes.    See  "Information About the Company - Market for the
Company's  Common  Stock  and  Related  Stockholders  Matters."

     5.       Management Control.  Should  the proposed Merger be approved and
              ------------------
effected,  after  the  Merger  the  Company's officers and directors and their
affiliates  will  own  approximately  25  percent  of  the common stock of the
Company and thereby may be able to determine the outcome of any vote affecting
the control of the Company.  The Board of Directors has complete discretion in
making  all  business  decisions.    Accordingly,  no  person  should purchase
Securities  in  the  Company  unless  he  is  willing  to entrust all business
decisions  to  the  Board  of  Directors.

<PAGE>

     6.       Dependence on  Key  Personnel.  The  affairs  of  the  surviving
              -----------------------------
company,  should  the  Merger  be  approved, shall be conducted by the present
management  of  Flex  Financial.    The  loss  of the services of any of these
persons and other key employees, for any reason, may have a materially adverse
effect  on  the  prospects  of  the emergent company.  There are no employment
contracts  with  management  or key personnel of the Company.  See "Voting and
Management  Information  -  Directors,  Executive  Officers  and  Significant
Employees."  The Company will be heavily dependent on the skills, talents, and
abilities  of  its  management  and  consultants to successfully implement its
business  plan.   Although management has experience in seeking, investigating
and  participating  in financing and investment opportunities, management will
generally  depend  on  their  general  business  expertise in making decisions
regarding  the  Company's  operations.   Because investors will not be able to
evaluate  the  merits  of possible business opportunities by the Company, they
should  critically assess the information concerning the Company's management.
 The  success  of  the emergent Company is dependent upon, among other things,
the  services  of  Michael  T. Fearnow, President of Flex Financial, and of M.
Stephen  Roberts,  who  will  provide  certain  financial and legal consulting
services  to  the  Company.    The  Company  has  not  entered into employment
agreements  with  any of its officers.  Flex Financial does not have, nor does
it  or  the  Company  presently intend to obtain, key man life insurance (with
proceeds  payable to the Company) on the life of Mr. Fearnow.  The loss of the
services  of  Messrs.  Fearnow and Roberts for any reason, may have a material
adverse  effect  on  the  prospects  of  the  Company.

     7.       Dependence on Outside  Consultants  and  Advisers.  The  Company
              -------------------------------------------------
intends  to  retain  the  services  of  Financial  Public Relations, Ltd. on a
non-exclusive  long-term basis to provide financial consulting services to the
company.  The services to be provided by Financial Public Relations, Ltd. will
be  provided  primarily  by M. Stephen Roberts and Michael T. Fearnow who have
extensive  experience in the securities industry and particularly with respect
to small firm underwritings.  The Company expects to appoint through the board
of  directors  an  advisory  committee  composed  of  persons  employed in the
securities  industry  to  provide ongoing advice and consultation to the board
with  respect  to  business  opportunities  and the business activities of the
Company.    During the investigation of a possible business opportunity and in
order  to  supplement  the  business experience of management, the Company may
employ  accountants,  technical  experts,  appraisers,  attorneys,  or  other
consultants  and  advisers.    The  selection  of any advisers will be made by
management  and  without  any  control  from stockholders.  Furthermore, it is
anticipated  that  advisers  may  be  engaged by the Company on an independent
basis  without  a  continuing  fiduciary  or  other obligation to the Company.

     8.       Substantial Management  Conflicts; Time  and  Compensation.  The
              ----------------------------------------------------------
officers  and  directors  of  the  Company  and  its consultants are currently
engaged  in  other  businesses and positions and will devote only a portion of
their  time  to the business affairs of the Company.  The salaried, hourly and
other  compensation  for  remuneration of management and its consultants is in
the  sole  discretion  of  the board of directors, but in any case will not be
determined at arms' length.  In addition, in the face of competing demands for
their  time,  the officers, directors and other consultants may grant priority
to  their  other  business  engagements  rather  than  to  the  Company.

          Certain  conflicts of interest may exist between the Company and its
management  and  consultants,  and  conflicts  may  develop in the future.  In
particular, members of management will face a conflict of interest with regard
to  their  possible  future participation in other business relationships with
companies  to which the Company may provide financing.  In such cases, members
of  management  may  have  interests  that conflict with those of the Company.
Although  Company management will attempt to resolve any conflicts in favor of
the  Company,  there  is no assurance that this will be the case.  The Company
has  not  established  procedures for the resolution of conflicts of interest.

<PAGE>

     9.       Impracticability of Exhaustive  Investigation.    The  Company's
              ---------------------------------------------
limited  funds  and  the  lack  of  full-time  management  will likely make it
impracticable  to conduct a complete and exhaustive investigation and analysis
of  a  financing  opportunity  before the Company commits its capital or other
resources.    Management decisions may be made without detailed due diligence,
feasibility studies, independent analysis, market surveys, and the like which,
if  the  Company  had  more  funds  available, would be desirable.  Management
decisions  will  be  particularly  dependent  on  information  provided by the
issuer,  underwriter, their principals, or others associated with the business
opportunity  seeking  the  Company's  participation.

     10.      No  Arrangements.    The  Company  has  no  understanding  or
              ----------------
arrangement  for participation in any specific financing opportunity, nor will
the  proceeds  of  this  offering  provide  sufficient funds for said purpose.

     11.      Competition.  The  search  for  potentially  profitable business
              -----------
opportunities  is  intensely  competitive.    The  Company  expects to be at a
disadvantage  when  competing  with  firms  which  have  substantially greater
financial  and  management resources and capabilities than the Company.  There
can  be  no  assurance that other companies and individuals with significantly
greater  financial,  marketing  or  other  resources than the Company will not
prove  competitive.    Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company
will  be  able  to  successfully  compete  in  the  financing  market.

     12.      Lack of Profitability.  The  Company has conducted no operations
              ---------------------
and  no  assurance  can  be  given  that  the  Company will be able to operate
profitably  in  the future and no representation in such regard is herein made
or  intended.    Any  financial  projections  included  herewith  are  merely
management's  estimation  of  revenues  and  expenses using the most favorable
assumptions  regarding  the  Company's  business  prospects.

     13.      Lack of Formal  Marketing Strategy.    The  Company's  marketing
              ----------------------------------
strategy will be based primarily on personal relationships with a wide variety
of clients and the Company has not developed a formal marketing strategy.  The
Company  is  in  the  process  of  formulating  and implementing a more formal
marketing  strategy.

     14.      Lack of Firm Commitment to Purchase Securities.    There  is  no
              ----------------------------------------------
firm  commitment  on  the  part  of  anyone to purchase all or any part of the
Securities  being  offered  hereby;  consequently,  the  Company  can  give no
assurance  that  all  or  any  part  of  the  offered Securities will be sold.

     15.      Adverse Effect of Sale of Less  than  Total Offering.    In  the
              ----------------------------------------------------
event  less than the total number of Securities being offered hereby should be
sold,  the  proposed operations of the Company would be adversely affected and
therefore  reduced.  The Company's operations may require additional financing
for  which  the  Company has not arranged and no assurance can be offered that
such  financing  would  be  available.

     16.      General Factors.  The  Company's  business  may be affected from
              ---------------
time  to  time by such matters as changes in general economic, industrial, and
international  conditions;  changes  in  taxes,  prices  and  costs; and other
factors  of a general nature which may have an adverse affect on the Company's
business.

     17.      Debt Financing.  The  Company  does not presently intend to seek
              --------------
debt  financing.    However,  it  may  in the future seek debt financing where
necessary  for  its  operations.    Such  borrowing can expose stockholders to
greater  risk  of  loss  in  the  event  the  Company  does  not  succeed.

<PAGE>

     18.      Additional  Financing may be Required.    Even  if  all  of  the
              -------------------------------------
securities offered hereby are sold, the funds available to the Company may not
be  adequate  for its proposed business activities.  Accordingly, the ultimate
success  of  the  Company  may  depend  upon  its  ability to raise additional
capital.

     19.      Capital  Requirements.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the
              ---------------------
proceeds  of  this  Offering  and  of proposed subsequent offerings will raise
sufficient capital to enable the Company to obtain a level of business capable
of  sustaining  profitable  operations.

     20.      Cumulative  Voting  and   Pre-Emptive  Rights.    There  are  no
              ---------------------------------------------
pre-emptive rights in connection with the Company's capital stock.  Therefore,
holders and purchasers of the Company's common stock may be further diluted in
their  percentage  ownership of the Company in the event additional shares are
issued  by  the  Company  in the future.  Cumulative voting in the election of
directors  is  not  allowed.    Accordingly,  the holders of a majority of the
shares  of capital stock, present in person or by proxy, will be able to elect
all  of  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors.

     21.      Use of Proceeds not Specific. The proceeds of this Offering have
              ----------------------------
been  allocated  only  generally.   The specific uses of investor's funds will
depend upon the business judgment of management, upon which the investors must
rely,  with  only  limited information about management's specific intentions.

     22.      Absence of Business and Marketing Data.   Although  the  Company
              --------------------------------------
has spent considerable time and effort in developing a business plan for which
it  believes  a market exists, it has not undertaken any business or marketing
studies  to  determine the feasibility of its business or marketing plan or to
determine  the  feasibility of the products and service it expects to provide.

     23.       Tax Consequences.  The  anticipated  favorable tax consequences
              -----------------
of  the  proposed  Merger and Spinoff to the Company and its shareholders (see
"Terms  of  the  Transaction  -  Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences")  are not
supported  by  an advance ruling by the Treasury Department but are based upon
an  opinion  of  M. Stephen Roberts, Esq., in his capacity as tax counselor to
the  Company  (which  tax  opinion  is one of the exhibits to the registration
statement  of  which this Prospectus is a part).  Should the actual income tax
consequences  be  different  than  as  represented  herein  by  the  Company,
significant  gain  or  loss  might  be recognized and reportable by any of the
Company,  American NorTel, or American NorTel's approximately 780 shareholders
to  whom  will  be  distributed the 20,000 Spinoff Shares should the Merger be
effected.

     24.      Dividends Not Likely.  Should  the  Merger  be effected, for the
              --------------------
foreseeable  future it is anticipated that any earnings which may be generated
from  operations of the emergent company will be used to finance the growth of
such  company,  and  cash  dividends will not be paid to holders of the Common
Stock.

     25.      Possible Future Dilution.  In  addition to the Shares registered
              ------------------------
for  the  proposed  Merger  and  for  the  Spinoff, the Company has registered
2,000,000  shares  to  be  available  for  issuance  in  possible  business
combinations  or  asset  acquisitions,  the issuance of which would dilute the
percentage ownership and could dilute the net tangible book value per share of
shareholders  of  the  surviving  company.

                               USE OF PROCEEDS

          The  net  proceeds to the Company from the sale of the Units offered
by  it  hereby,  assuming  a public offering price of $6.00 per Unit and after
deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses are estimated
to  be approximately $500,000, if the maximum offering amount is sold.  If the
minimum  offering amount is sold the net proceeds are estimated to be $84,000.

<PAGE>

     If  the  maximum offering amount is sold, the Company anticipates that it
will  use  approximately  $57,500 of the net proceeds to pay the principal and
interest  on  Bridge Loans and the balance of the net proceeds are expected to
be  used  for  working capital and general corporate purposes.  If the minimum
offering  amount is sold the net proceeds are expected to be used primarily to
pay  the  principal  and  interest  on  Bridge  Loans.

     The  Company has not determined the exact amounts it plans to expend with
respect  to  working  capital  and  general  corporate  purposes.  The amounts
actually  expended  for  each  such  use, if any, are at the discretion of the
Company  and  may  vary  significantly  depending  upon  a  number of factors,
including future revenue growth, the amount of cash generated by the Company's
operations,  and  changing  competitive  conditions.  The Company reserves the
right,  in the exercise of prudent business judgment, to allocate the proceeds
and  the  priority  of  the  use  of  the proceeds, provided however, that the
Company  warrants  that no more than 20% of the proceeds of this Offering will
be  used  for  overhead  or  general  and  administrative expenses.  See "Risk
Factors  --  Broad  Discretion  in  Application  of  Proceeds."

     Pending  use  of  the  net  proceeds  for the above purposes, the Company
intends to invest such funds in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing
obligations.    The Company believes that the proceeds from the sale of Common
Stock  and  Warrants  offered  hereby  will  enable the Company to satisfy its
anticipated  financing needs for a period of at least 12 months following this
offering.  However, the capital requirements relating to implementation of the
Company's  business  plan will be significant.  Based on the Company's current
assumptions  relating  to  implementation  of its business plan (including the
timetable  of,  and  cost  associated  with,  making  subordination and bridge
loans), the Company will seek to participate in up to six subordination and/or
bridge  loans  during  the  12 months following consummation of this offering.
If  the Company's plans change, its assumptions prove to be inaccurate, or the
capital  resources available to the Company otherwise prove to be insufficient
to  implement  its  business  plan  (as  a  result  of unanticipated expenses,
problems or difficulties, or otherwise), the Company would be required to seek
additional  financing  or  curtail  its activities.  There can be no assurance
that  the Company will have sufficient capital resources to permit the Company
to  participate in subordination and bridge loans of the number, amount and in
the  timing proposed in its business plan or to otherwise implement such plan.

                                CAPITALIZATION

     The  following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company at July
31,  1996,  (i)  on  a pro forma basis giving effect to the Merger and (ii) as
adjusted  to  reflect  the sale of the 100,000 Shares of Common Stock, 200,000
Class  B  Warrants  and 200,000 Class C Warrants offered by the Company hereby
(at  an initial public offering price of $5.70 per share of Common Stock, $.10
per  Class B Warrant and $.05 per Class C Warrant), and the application of the
net  proceeds  therefrom.    See  "USE  OF  PROCEEDS."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      July 31, 1996
                                                --------------------------

                                                 Pro Forma
                                                Post Merger   As Adjusted
                                                ------------  ------------
<S>                                             <C>           <C>
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:                           $        960  $      1,060
  Common Stock, $0.001 par value.  Authorized
  10,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding
  114,000 shares (1)
Additional Paid-in capital                            82,240       598,240
                                                ------------  ------------
Total shareholders' equity                            21,909       599,300
                                                ------------  ------------
Total Capitalization                            $     21,909  $    599,300
                                                ============  ============
<FN>
     (1)Does  not  include  185,332 shares of Common Stock subject to warrants
and options outstanding at July 31, 1996 nor to 400,000 shares of common Stock
subject  to  warrants  to  be issued in this offering if the maximum number of
Units  are  sold.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                   DILUTION

     The  pro forma net tangible book value of the Company basis giving effect
to the Merger as of July 31, 1996 was approximately $21,909 or $0.19 per share
of  Common  Stock.  Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of
total  tangible  assets  of the Company less total liabilities, divided by the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.  After giving effect to the sale
of  the  100,000  shares of Common Stock, 200,000 Class B Warrants and 200,000
Class  C Warrants offered hereby at an  initial public offering price of $5.70
per  share,  $.10  per  Class  B  Warrant  and  $.05  per  Class  C  Warrant,
respectively,  and  the  receipt by the Company of the net proceeds therefrom,
the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of July 31, 1996 would
have  been $599,300 or $2.80 per share.  This represents an immediate increase
in  pro  forma  net  tangible  book  value  of  $2.61  per  share  to existing
shareholders  and  an  immediate  dilution of $2.90 per share to new investors
("New  Investors")  purchasing  shares  of Common Stock in this Offering.  The
following  table  illustrates  this  per  share  dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share                  $5.70
     Net tangible book value per share before offering           $0.19
     Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable  $2.61
       to New Investors
Pro Forma net tangible book value per share after offering       $2.80
Dilution per share to New Investors                              $2.90

     The  following table summarizes, as of July 31, 1996 the number of shares
of Common Stock purchased from the Company, the total cash consideration paid,
and  the  average price per share paid by existing shareholders and to be paid
by  purchasers of shares of Common Stock offered hereby at an initial offering
price  of  $5.70  (before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions
and  estimated  offering  expenses):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       Shares Purchased  Total Cash Consideration

                       Number   Percentage   Amount   Percentage
<S>                    <C>      <C>          <C>      <C>

Existing Shareholders  114,000        53.3%   83,200        12.7%
New Investors          100,000        46.7%  570,000        87.3%
     Total             214,000         100%  653,200         100%
</TABLE>
______________________

<PAGE>

                           TERMS OF THE TRANSACTION

     The  Company and Flex Financial, pursuant to approval by their respective
boards  of  directors,  have  entered into an agreed plan of merger, a copy of
which  is  included  herein  (see  "Plan  of Merger).  In order for the merger
contemplated  by  the Plan of Merger to become effective, it is necessary that
each  of  the  following  occur:

     (i)           a registration statement covering the 20,000 Spinoff Shares
offered  herein and a registration statement covering the 94,000 Merger shares
(for distribution to Flex Financial's shareholders) (a) must be filed with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  with  appropriate state securities
regulatory  agencies  and  (b)  must  become  effective;

     (ii)                  the shareholders of each of the Company and of Flex
Financial  must,  by  a  requisite vote of the shares outstanding, approve the
merger  contemplated  by  the  Plan  of  Merger;  and

     (iii)          certain  documents  evidencing the approved merger must be
prepared and filed with the appropriate state authority in the State of Texas.

Terms  of  the  Merger.
- ----------------------

     The  terms  of  the  proposed  merger  ("the  Merger")  are  as  follows:

     l.      Flex Financial shall merge into the Company, a Texas corporation.

     2.          Upon  the  effectiveness  of  the  Merger, all the issued and
outstanding  shares of capital stock of Flex Financial shall be converted into
94,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  of  the  Company.

     3.       Fractional shares shall not be issued but shall be rounded up or
down  to  the  nearest  whole  number.    The  Company  shall  reserve 185,332
additional  shares of its Common Stock for possible issuance upon the exercise
of  Company options and warrants to be issued to replace presently outstanding
and  unexercised  Flex  Financial  options  and  warrants.

     4.          The  business of Flex Financial shall be conducted, after the
Merger,  by the Company, into which Flex Financial shall have merged, but Flex
Financial's management and directors shall become the management and directors
of  the  Company.

     5.          American  NorTel  shall  distribute to its shareholders ("the
Spinoff"), on a basis proportionate to their shareholdings in American NorTel,
20,000  Shares  ("the Spinoff Shares") of Common Stock of the Company now held
by  American NorTel.  Each American NorTel shareholder shall receive one share
of  the  Company  for  each  588  shares  of American NorTel held of record on
September  30,  1996; provided that only American NorTel shareholders entitled
to  at  least  five  shares  will  be  eligible for the dividend distribution.
Fractional  shares  shall  be  rounded up or down to the nearest whole number;
provided,  that  in  no  event shall the number of Shares to be distributed to
American  NorTel's  shareholders  exceed  20,000.

     6.      There shall also be registered as part of the Merger registration
statement  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  2 million
additional  shares  of Common Stock of the Company ("the Shelf Shares"), which
Shelf Shares shall be available after the Merger for issuance, upon the filing
of  post-effective  amendments  to  the  Merger  registration  statement,  in
subsequent,  possible  mergers  or  acquisitions  with  companies  engaged  in
business activities of types related or similar to those now conducted by Flex
Financial.    Management of Flex Financial (who shall become the management of
the  Company  after  the  Merger)  has  no  current  plans,  arrangements  or
understandings  with  respect  to  possible  merger,  acquisitions or business
combinations  for  which  the  Shelf  Shares  would  be  used.

<PAGE>

     7.     Should the Merger not be approved by the requisite vote of persons
holding  a  majority  of  the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of
Flex  Financial, none of Flex Financial, the Company, or American NorTel shall
be  liable  to any of the others, the sole obligation of each being to pay its
expenses  relating  to  the  registration  of  the  Shares  described  herein.

     8.         The historical financial statements of the post-Merger Company
shall  be  those  of  Flex  Financial.

Reasons  for  the  Merger  and  Spinoff.
- ---------------------------------------

     The  managements  of  the Company and of Flex Financial believe that Flex
Financial's  shareholders  will  benefit  from receiving shares that have been
registered  under  the  Securities Act in exchange for their shares of capital
stock  of Flex Financial.  Further, the managements of the Company and of Flex
Financial  believe  that  the  distribution  of  Shares to the stockholders of
American  NorTel in the Spinoff increases the possibility that a public market
will develop for the Shares held by Flex Financial stockholders.  No assurance
can  be given, however, that a market will develop for the Common Stock or, if
it develops, that it will be sustained.  See "Risk Factors - No Assurance of a
Public  Market  and  Likelihood  of  a  Volatile  Market.

Accounting  Treatment  of  Proposed  Merger.
- -------------------------------------------

     Because  the  Company  is  only  a  corporate  shell and not an operating
entity,  the  proposed  Merger  will  be  accounted  for  as if Flex Financial
recapitalized.

Plan  of  Merger.
- ----------------

     The  complete  Plan  of  Merger  among  the  Company, Flex Financial, and
American  NorTel is included in this Prospectus-Proxy Statement.  See "Plan of
Merger."

Description  of  Securities.
- ---------------------------

     Common  Stock.  The  Company  is authorized to issue 10 million shares of
Common Stock, $0.001 par value.  As of the date of this Prospectus the Company
had  20,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  issued  and  outstanding.

          Voting rights.  Holders  of  the shares of Common Stock are entitled
          -------------
to one vote per share on all matters submitted  to a vote of the shareholders.
Shares  of Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights, which means that
the  holders  of a majority of the shares voting for the election of the board
of  directors  can  elect  all  members  of  the  board  of  directors.

          Dividend  rights.  Holders  of  record of shares of Common Stock are
          ----------------
entitled  to  receive dividends when and if declared by the board of directors
out  of  funds  of  the  Company  legally  available  therefor.

          Liquidation  rights.  Upon  any  liquidation, dissolution or winding
          -------------------
up  of  the Company, holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to receive
pro  rata  all  of  the  assets  of  the company available for distribution to
shareholders,  subject  to the prior satisfaction of the liquidation rights of
the  holders  of  outstanding  shares  of  Preferred  Stock.

<PAGE>

          Preemptive  rights.    Holders  of  Common  Stock  do  not  have any
          ------------------
preemptive  rights  to  subscribe for or to purchase any stock, obligations or
other  securities  of  the  Company.

          Registrar  and transfer agent.  Registrar  and  Transfer Company, 10
          -----------------------------
Commerce  Drive,  Cranford, New Jersey 07016-3572 serves as the transfer agent
and  registrar  of  the  Company.

          Dissenter's  rights.    Under  current  Texas  law, a shareholder is
          -------------------
afforded  dissenters'  rights  which  if  properly  exercised  may require the
corporation  to  repurchase  its shares.  Dissenters' rights commonly arise in
extraordinary  transactions  such as mergers, consolidations, reorganizations,
substantial  asset sales, liquidating distributions, and certain amendments to
the  company's  certificate  of  incorporation.

     Redeemable  Common  Stock  Purchase  Warrants.    Pursuant  to  this
     ---------------------------------------------
Prospectus,  the  Company  is offering 200,000 Class B Redeemable Common Stock
Purchase  Warrants  ("Class B Warrants") and 200,000 Class C Redeemable Common
Stock  Purchase  Warrants  ("Class  B  Warrants")to  purchase  an aggregate of
400,000  shares  of  Common  Stock.

          Class  B  Warrants.  The Class B Warrants are being  issued  under a
          ------------------
Warrant  Agreement  dated  November  15,  1995 between the Company and Warrant
Holders.    Each  Class  B  Warrant  will  be exercisable immediately upon its
acquisition  and  until  January  1,  2001,  at an exercise price of $6.25 per
Warrant,  and  shall  entitle  the  holder thereof to receive one (1) share of
Stock  for  each  B Warrant exercised.  Fractional shares of Stock will not be
required  to  be  issued  upon exercise of the B Warrants.  A B Warrant may be
exercised  by  surrendering  a  B Warrant certificate with an executed form of
election  to  purchase  shares  attached to the certificate, and paying to the
Company  the  full exercise price for the B Warrants being exercised.  Holders
of  B  Warrants will not be entitled (by virtue of being B Warrant holders) to
receive  dividends,  vote,  receive  notices  of  shareholders'  meetings  or
otherwise  have  any  rights  of  shareholders  of  the  Company.

               The  Class  B  Warrants  are  redeemable,  at the option of the
Company,  at  a price of $0.05 per B Warrant at any time after January 1, 1997
upon  not  less  than  30  days prior written notice, provided that there is a
public  trading  market  for  the  Common Stock and that the reported high bid
price  of  the  Common  Stock  equals  or  exceeds  $7.50 per share for the 20
consecutive  trading  days  immediately  prior  to  the  date of the notice of
redemption  to  warrant  holders.

               The  exercise  price, number and kind of shares of Common Stock
to  be  obtained by the exercise of the B Warrants is subject to adjustment in
the event of a split of the Common Stock or in the event of the reorganization
or  recapitalization  of  the Company or of the merger or consolidation of the
Company.

               The  Company  will  reserve  from  the  authorized and unissued
shares  a  sufficient  number  of shares of Common Stock for issuance upon the
exercise  of  the  Class  B  Warrants.

          Class  C  Warrants.  The  Class  C Warrants are being issued under a
          ------------------
Warrant  Agreement  dated  November  15,  1995 between the Company and Warrant
Holders.    Each  Class  C  Warrant  will  be exercisable immediately upon its
acquisition  and  until  January  1,  2001, at an exercise price of $10.00 per
Warrant,  and  shall  entitle  the  holder thereof to receive one (1) share of
Stock  for  each  C Warrant exercised.  Fractional shares of Stock will not be
required  to  be  issued  upon exercise of the C Warrants.  A C Warrant may be
exercised  by  surrendering  a  C Warrant certificate with an executed form of
election  to  purchase  shares  attached to the certificate, and paying to the
Company  the  full exercise price for the C Warrants being exercised.  Holders
of  C  Warrants will not be entitled (by virtue of being C Warrant holders) to
receive  dividends,  vote,  receive  notices  of  shareholders'  meetings  or
otherwise  have  any  rights  of  shareholders  of  the  Company.

<PAGE>

               The  Class  C  Warrants  are  redeemable,  at the option of the
Company,  at  a price of $0.05 per C Warrant at any time after January 1, 1997
upon  not  less  than  30 days prior written notice, provided  that there is a
public  trading  market  for  the  Common Stock and that the reported high bid
price  of  the  Common  Stock  equals  or  exceeds $12.00 per share for the 20
consecutive  trading  days  immediately  prior  to  the  date of the notice of
redemption  to  warrant  holders.

               The  exercise  price, number and kind of shares of Common Stock
to  be  obtained by the exercise of the C Warrants is subject to adjustment in
the event of a split of the Common Stock or in the event of the reorganization
or  recapitalization  of  the Company or of the merger or consolidation of the
Company.

               The  Company  will  reserve  from  the  authorized and unissued
shares  a  sufficient  number  of shares of Common Stock for issuance upon the
exercise  of  the  Class  C  Warrants.

     Preferred  Stock.  The Company is authorized  to  issue 10 million shares
     ----------------
of  Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value.  The preferences, rights and attributes
of  the Preferred Stock, which may be set forth in series, shall be determined
by the board of directors at such times as series are authorized to be issued.
 As  of  the date of this Prospectus, the Company has not issued any shares of
its  authorized  Preferred  Stock.

     Other Securities of the Company.  Under  the  terms of  the  Merger,  all
     -------------------------------
warrants  and options of Flex Financial which are outstanding on the Effective
Date  shall be canceled and converted into warrants and options of the Company
of  equivalent  tenor.    Therefore upon the Effective Date of the Merger, the
Company  will  have pursuant to the Merger the following additional securities
outstanding.

          Class  A  Common  Stock Purchase Options.  In  September,  1995 Flex
          ----------------------------------------
Financial  authorized  the  issuance  of  80,000 Class A Common Stock Purchase
Options  ("Class  A Options") in connection with a private placement of 80,000
shares  of  common stock to its founding shareholders.  As of the date of this
Prospectus,  all  of such Class A Options continue to be owned by the original
subscribers  and  are  outstanding.    The  Class  A  Options  are  currently
exercisable  and  will  terminate on August 31, 2000 and may be exercised at a
price  of  $.50  per  share.

          Unit  Purchase  Options.    In  connection  with an IPO Bridge Loan,
          -----------------------
Flex  Financial  issued  $50,000  principal  amount  of 10% subordinated notes
("Notes")  and  Unit  Purchase  Options  ("Option  Units").   The Option Units
entitle  the  holders  to  purchase  such  number  of equivalent units of Flex
Financial's  securities  as may be offered in an initial public offering at an
aggregate  offering  price  of  at  least  $60,000  pursuant  to  an effective
registration  statement  filed  under  the Securities Act that closes prior to
June  30, 1996.  The number of equivalent units purchasable at a price of $.50
per  unit  is  determined  by  dividing  the  IPO unit offering price into the
principal  amount  of Notes.  Under the terms of this offering, holders of the
Option  Units  are  entitled  to  purchase  8,333 equivalent units.  By mutual
consent,  the applicable IPO closing date and expiration date for exercise was
extended  to  March  31, 1997 and the holders were granted an additional 4,000
Option  Units.  As of the date of this Prospectus, all of such Class A Options
continue  to  be  owned  by  the  original  subscribers  and  are outstanding.

          Class  B  and Class C Warrants.  As  of  the date of this Prospectus
          ------------------------------
Flex  Financial  had  28,000  Class  B  Warrants  and  28,000 Class C Warrants
outstanding  to purchase an aggregate of 56,000 shares of common stock.  These
warrants were issued in a private placement that closed in April, 1996 and are
identical  to  those  purchasable  in  this  offering.

Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences.
- ----------------------------------

     The  Merger.    The  Merger  should  qualify as a type "A" reorganization
     -----------
under  Section  368(a)(1)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.    However,  when
consideration  is  given  to the fact that the Company is newly organized, the
"step  transaction  doctrine"  might  be applied and, accordingly, the Company
might  be  considered  a  continuation of Flex Financial with only a change of
name  or  place  of  incorporation,  a  type  "F" reorganization under Section
368(a)(1).    Whether  the  Merger  be  characterized  as  a  type  "A" or "F"
reorganization,  the  Company  believes that there should be no recognition of
taxable  gain  or  loss  to  the  shareholders of the Company by reason of the
Merger.

     The  Spinoff.      It  is  anticipated  that the distribution by American
     ------------
NorTel  to  its  shareholders  of  the 20,000 Spinoff Shares will be a taxable
event  to American NorTel and to each of its shareholders receiving any of the
Spinoff  Shares.    Gain (but not loss) would be recognized by American NorTel
under  Section  311  of  the  Internal Revenue Code for any excess of the fair
market  value  of  the Company's stock on the date of actual distribution over
the  tax  basis  to  American  NorTel  of  such  stock.

     Shareholders of American NorTel.  As for  American NorTel's  shareholders
     -------------------------------
who  receive  Spinoff  Shares of the Company, the Spinoff shall occur prior to
the  vote  by  Flex  Financial's  shareholders to accept or reject the Merger.
Since  the  result  of  the  vote  by  Flex Financial's shareholders cannot be
forecast,  and  since  the  Merger cannot and shall not become effective until
after  a  favorable  vote is obtained on the Merger, American NorTel takes the
view  that  the  fair  market  value  of the Spinoff Shares on the date of the
Spinoff should not have increased over the $0.05 price paid by American NorTel
for  the  20,000  Spinoff  Shares.

     American  NorTel  has  no  current  or  accumulated  earnings,  and  the
distribution  is being made from excess capital.  Each shareholder of American
NorTel  should  reduce  the adjusted basis of his American NorTel stock by the
fair  market  value of the distribution to him, and any remaining portion will
be  treated  as  capital  gain in the same manner as a sale or exchange of the
stock.    This  fair  market value is assumed to be $0.05 per share.  American
NorTel  undertakes to advise its shareholders in early 1997 should it deem the
fair  market  value  of  the  distributed  Spinoff  Shares  on  the  date  of
distribution to have been different than $0.05 per share or should it have had
earnings  in  1996,  which would cause the distribution, to the extent of such
earnings,  to  be  taxed  as  a  dividend  and  as  ordinary  income.

     The  above discussion is not based upon an advance ruling by the Treasury
Department but upon an opinion of M. Stephen Roberts, Esq., in his capacity as
tax  counselor to the Company (which tax opinion is one of the exhibits to the
registration statement of which this Prospectus is a part).  See "Risk Factors
- -  Tax  Consequences."

Pro  Forma  Financial  Information  and  Dilution.
- -------------------------------------------------

     Due  to the fact that the Company has no substance or operating history -
it  was  organized  as  a  shell to accommodate the desire of Flex Financial's
management  to  provide  for  the  issuance of securities registered under the
Securities  Act  to  Flex  Financial's  shareholders,  pro  forma  financial
information  giving  effect  to  the  Merger would not vary in any significant
respect  from  the  financial  information  of  Flex  Financial.

<PAGE>

     Essentially,  the  effect  of  the  Spinoff  and  Merger  is to dilute by
approximately  17  percent the equity of the shareholders of Flex Financial by
transferring  this  equity to the shareholders of American NorTel.  The effect
of  the  Merger  and  Spinoff  on  the  net tangible book value a share of the
Company's  Common  Stock  and  Flex  Financial's  Common  Stock is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Before            After
                               Merger-Spinoff   Merger-Spinoff
<S>                            <C>              <C>
Company's Common Stock         $          0.04  $          0.19
Flex Financial s Common Stock  $          0.23  $          0.19
</TABLE>

Material  Contacts  Among  the  Companies.
- -----------------------------------------

     Other  than  the proposed Spinoff and Merger described herein, there have
been  no  material  contracts,  arrangements,  understandings,  relationships,
negotiations  or  transactions among Flex Financial, the Company, and American
NorTel  during  the  periods  for  which  financial  statements appear herein.

Reoffering  by  Party  Deemed  to  be  an  Underwriter.
- ------------------------------------------------------

     The  Shares described herein are to be redistributed by the owner of such
Shares, American NorTel, who might be deemed to be an underwriter by reason of
its  intent  to  distribute  such  Shares.  (see "Terms of the Merger" above).

     After  the  distribution  by American NorTel of the Spinoff Shares to its
shareholders,  American  NorTel will no longer own any shares of capital stock
of  the  Company,  except  to  the  extent that an uncertain number of Spinoff
Shares  representing  undistributed fractional an whole share interests, would
not  be  allocated  in  the rounding down process (see "Terms of the Merger").

     A  consequence  to  American  NorTel,  should  it  be  deemed  to  be  an
underwriter  of  the Shares to be distributed to its shareholders, is that any
person  who  purchases  the  registered  Shares  within  3  years  after  the
distribution  could assert a claim against American NorTel under Section 11 of
the  Securities Act of 1933.  The purchase could be in the open market as long
as the shares purchased can be traced to the registered Shares American NorTel
distributes  to  its  shareholders.    Such a claim, to be successful, must be
based  upon a showing that statements in the registration statement were false
or  misleading  with  respect  to  a  material  fact  or that the registration
statement  omitted  material  information  required  to  be  included therein.

     Open  market  purchasers  may  have  to  prove  reliance upon the alleged
misstatement  or  omission, but reliance may not necessarily require a showing
that the purchaser actually read the registration statement but, instead, that
the  misstatements  or  omissions  in  the  registration  statement  were  a
substantial  factor  in  the  purchase  of  the  shares.

Interest  of  Counsel.
- ---------------------

     M.  Stephen  Roberts,  Esq.,  counsel  to  the  Company, is named in this
Prospectus  as having given an opinion on the validity of the securities being
registered,  upon  certain  income  tax  consequences  of  the  Merger and the
Spinoff,  and upon other legal matters concerning the registration or offering
of  the  securities  described herein.  Mr. Roberts is the beneficial owner of
43% of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of Flex Financial and
is the beneficial owner of less than .5%  of the issued and outstanding shares
of  Common  Stock  of  American NorTel and, by reason of this ownership, shall
become  the  beneficial  owner  of  40,102 Shares of the Company by way of the
merger  and American NorTel's distribution of the 20,000 Spinoff Shares to its
shareholders.

<PAGE>

Special  Provisions  of  the  Articles  of  Incorporation  and  Texas  Law.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and the Company's Bylaws,
as  amended  (the  "Bylaws"),  summarized in the succeeding paragraphs, may be
deemed to have an anti-takeover effect or may delay, defer or prevent a tender
offer  or  takeover  attempt  that  a  shareholder  might  consider  in  such
shareholder's  best  interest, including those attempts that might result in a
premium  over  the  market  price  for  the  shares  held  by  a  shareholder.

     Pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may, by
resolution,  establish  one  or  more  series  of preferred stock, having such
number  of  shares,  designation,  relative  voting  rights,  dividend  rates,
liquidation  or  other  rights, preferences and limitations as may be fixed by
the Board of Directors without any further shareholder approval.  Such rights,
preferences  privileges  and  limitations as may be established could have the
effect  of impeding or discouraging the acquisition of control of the Company.

     Limitation  of  Director  Liability.    Texas  law  authorizes  a  Texas
     -----------------------------------
corporation  to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the
Company  and  its  shareholders  for  monetary  damages  for breach of certain
fiduciary  duties as a director. The Company believes that such a provision is
beneficial  in  attracting and retaining qualified directors, and accordingly,
its  Articles  of  Incorporation  include a provision eliminating a director's
liability for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duly as a director,
except:  (i)  for  any  breach  Of  the  duty of loyalty to the Company or its
shareholders;  (ii)  for  acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional  misconduct  or  a  knowing  violation  of  law;  (iii)  for  any
transaction  from  which the director derived an improper personal benefit; or
(iv)  for  certain  other actions.  Thus, pursuant to Texas law, the Company's
directors are not insulated from liability for breach of their duty of loyalty
(requiring  that,  in  making a business decision, directors act in good faith
and in the honest belief that the action was taken in the best interest of the
Company),  or  for  claims  arising  under  the  federal securities laws.  The
foregoing provisions of the Company's Articles of Incorporation may reduce the
likelihood  of  derivative  litigation against directors and may discourage or
deter shareholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for
breaches  of their fiduciary duties, even though such an action, if successful
might  otherwise  have  benefitted the Company and its shareholders.  Further,
the  Company  may,  but has no present intent to, execute indemnity agreements
with  present and future directors and officers for the indemnification of and
advancement  of  expenses to such persons to the full extent permitted by law.

     Indemnification.   To the  maximum  extent permitted by law, the Articles
     ---------------
of  Incorporation  and  the  Bylaws  provide  for mandatory indemnification of
directors,  officers, employees and agents of the Company against all expense,
liability and loss to which they may become subject or which they may incur as
a result of being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Company.    In  addition,  the Company must advance or reimburse directors and
officers  and  may  advance  or  reimburse  employees  and agents for expenses
incurred  by  them  in  connection  with  indemnifiable  claims.   The Company
believes  that  such  a  provision  is  beneficial in attracting and retaining
qualified  directors.

<PAGE>

     Under  Texas  corporation  law,  a corporation is authorized to indemnify
officers,  directors,  employees  and  agents who are made or threatened to be
made  parties  to any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative suit or
proceeding  by  reason  of the fact that they are or were a director, officer,
employee  or  agent  of  the  corporation  or  are  or were acting in the same
capacity  for  another  entity  at  the  request  of  the  corporation.   Such
indemnification  includes  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees), judgments,
fines  and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such
persons  if they acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be
in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation or, with respect to
any  criminal action or proceeding, if they had no reasonable cause to believe
their  conduct  was  unlawful.  In the case of any action or suit by or in the
right  of  the corporation against such persons, the corporation is authorized
to  provide similar indemnification, provided that, should any such persons be
adjudged  to  be  liable  for  negligence  or misconduct in the performance of
duties  to the corporation, the court conducting the proceeding must determine
that  such  persons  are  nevertheless  fairly  and  reasonably  entitled  to
indemnification.

     The  Articles  of Incorporation include a provision eliminating liability
for  monetary  damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except:
(1)  for any breach of the duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders;
(ii)  for  acts  or  omissions  not in good faith or which involve intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) for any transaction from which
the  director  derived an improper personal benefit; or (iv) for certain other
actions.    Thus,  pursuant  to  Texas  law,  directors of the Company are not
insulated  from liability for breach of their duty of loyalty (requiring that,
in  making  a business decision, directors act in good faith and in the honest
belief  that the action was taken in the best interest of the corporation), or
for  claims  arising  under  the  federal  securities  laws.    The  foregoing
provisions  of  the  Articles  of  Incorporation  may reduce the likelihood of
derivative  litigation  against  directors  and  may  discourage  or  deter
stockholders  or  management  from  bringing  a  lawsuit against directors for
breaches of their fiduciary duties, even though such an action, if successful,
might  otherwise  have  benefitted the Company and its stockholders.  Further,
the  Company  may,  but has no present intent to, execute indemnity agreements
with  present and future directors and officers for the indemnification of and
advancing  of  expenses  to  such persons to the full extent permitted by law.

     To  the  extent any such indemnified persons are successful on the merits
in  defense  of  any  such action, suit or proceeding, Texas law provides that
they  shall  be  indemnified  against  reasonable expenses, including attorney
fees.    A  corporation is authorized to advance anticipated expenses for such
suits or proceedings upon an undertaking by the person to whom such advance is
made to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is
not  entitled  to  be  indemnified  by  the  corporation.  Indemnification and
payment  of  expenses  provided  by  Texas law are not deemed exclusive of any
other  rights  by  which  an  officer,  director,  employee  or agent may seek
indemnification or payment of expenses or may be entitled to under any by-law,
agreement,  or  vote  of  shareholders  or  disinterested  directors.  In such
regard,  a  Texas  corporation is empowered to, and may, purchase and maintain
liability insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer,
employee  or  agent  of the corporation.  As a result of such corporation law,
the  Company  may,  at some future time, be legally obligated to pay judgments
(including  amounts  paid  in  settlement)  and expenses in regard to civil or
criminal  suits  or  proceedings  brought against one or more of its officers,
directors, employees or agents, as such, with respect to matters involving the
proposed Merger or, should the Merger be effected, matters that occurred prior
to  the  Merger  with  respect  to  Flex  Financial.

     Insofar  as  indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
the  Company  pursuant  to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Company
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such  indemnification  is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act  of  1933  and  is,  therefore,  unenforceable.

<PAGE>

                        INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY

     The  Company  was  incorporated  under  the laws of the State of Texas on
March  21,  1996.   It has no business or significant assets and was organized
for the purpose of entering into the Merger proposed herein (see "Terms of the
Transaction - Terms of the Merger").  It has no employees; its management will
serve  without  pay  until  the  Merger  should  become  effective.

Description  of  Business  and  Properties
- ------------------------------------------

     Should  the  Merger  be  approved  and effected, the Company shall be the
surviving  company,  but  the Company's management (see "Voting and Management
Information - Directors, Executive Officers, and Significant Employees") shall
not  remain as the management of the Company.  Control of the Company, through
the voting power to elect the entire board of directors and thereby to replace
management, shall pass to the present shareholders of Flex Financial, and Flex
Financial's  present  directors  and  officers  shall become the directors and
officers  of  the  Company.

     It  is  the  intention  of  Flex  Financial's  present  management (i) to
continue  the  business  of Flex Financial as the business of the Company (see
"Information  about  Flex Financial - Description of Business and Properties")
after  the  Merger  and  (ii)  to  seek opportunities to engage in additional,
related  business  activities,  primarily  through  acquisitions  of  existing
businesses.

     The  Company's  present  management  consists  of  one person, Michael T.
Fearnow.    Prior  to October 1, 1996, M. Stephen Roberts, Esq., served as the
Company's  management.    Mr.  Roberts  is  an  attorney  who  was employed to
incorporate  the Company, prepare merger documents needed for the registration
statement filed for the proposed merger and serve as management of the Company
pending  the  Merger.

Course  of  Business  Should  the  Merger  Not  occur.
- -----------------------------------------------------

     Should  the  Merger  not  be  approved  and effected, the Company will be
without  any  property  or  business.  The Company's management has no present
plans for this contingency but would seek to acquire, in exchange for stock of
the Company, a business or assets that would constitute a business.  Should no
acquisition  that  would  cause  the Company to become a going concern be made
within  18  months  after the date of the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus  is  a  part,  the  holders  of  the  majority  of  the  issued and
outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  will  have the voting power to cause a
dissolution of the Company, and persons who would be the holders of a majority
of  these  shares  have  indicated  their  intention  to  do  so.

Legal  Proceedings
- ------------------

     Neither  the  Company  nor  its  property is a party to or the subject of
pending  legal  proceedings.

Market  for  the  Company's  Common  Stock  and Related Stockholder Matters.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     There  is no public trading market for the Company's Common Stock.  As of
the  date  of  this Prospectus, there is one holder of record of the Company's
20,000 shares of issued and outstanding capital stock.  After the Spinoff (see
"Terms of the Transaction - Terms of the Merger") these 20,000 shares of stock
shall  be  owned of record by American NorTel's approximately 780 shareholders
(except  to the extent that an uncertain number of Spinoff Shares representing
undistributed  whole  and fractional share interests would not be allocated to
American  NorTel  shareholders  in  the  rounding  down  process).

<PAGE>

     Should  the  Merger  be  approved and effected, (i) the Escrow Agent will
release  from escrow the certificates representing the ownership of the 20,000
Spinoff Shares, which certificates would be delivered to the approximately 780
persons  owning  the  Spinoff  Shares,  and  (ii)  the 11 shareholders of Flex
Financial  will  receive  94,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  of the Company in
exchange  for  all  the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Flex
Financial.    An additional 185,332 shares of Common Stock of the Company will
be  reserved for issuance against the exercise of Company options and warrants
that  would  replace  existing  options  and  warrants  of  Flex  Financial.

     There  can  be,  and  is,  no  assurance  that market makers will make or
maintain  a  market  in  the  stock  or  that,  even  if  a market is made and
maintained in the stock, that the stock will trade at prices deemed attractive
or  reasonable  to  the  shareholders  of  the  Company.

     The  Company's  stock  will  not  be eligible for quotation on the NASDAQ
Small  Cap Market ("NASDAQ") (i) until it trades at a price of $3 per share or
higher and (ii) unless it meets other NASDAQ requirements regarding assets and
shareholders'  equity,  which  it  will  not  yet  meet  even if the Merger is
approved  and  effected.   No assurance can be made that the Common Stock will
ever  become  eligible  for  quotation  on  NASDAQ.

     The  Company's  stock  is  expected  to  be quoted on an NASD interdealer
system  called  "the  Bulletin  Board."  While  some Bulletin Board stocks are
actively traded, they do not draw the interest of the NASD brokerage community
held by NASDAQ stocks or exchange-listed stocks.  The eligibility requirements
for  listing  the Company's stock on exchanges are generally as high or higher
than the requirements for eligibility for quotation on NASDAQ, and the Company
has  no  present  plans to list its stock on an exchange.  Hence, the plans of
the  Company  to use its stock for business acquisition purposes are likely to
be  adversely  affected  unless  and  until  its  stock  becomes  eligible for
quotation  on  NASDAQ.

     Further,  holders  of the Shares offered herein face the prospect, should
the  Merger be approved and effected, of an indefinite period during which the
Shares  will  be  subject  to  trading  severities  imposed on Bulletin Board,
so-called  "penny  stocks"  (stocks  that  trade at less than $5 per share) by
regulations  of  the  Securities and Exchange Commission.  The effect of these
trading severities is to reduce broker-dealer and investor interest in trading
or  owning  "penny  stocks"  and,  hence,  could  inhibit  the  ability of the
Company's stock to reach a trading level of $3 per share or higher and thereby
become  eligible  for  quotation  on NASDAQ even if the Company meets NASDAQ's
assets  and  shareholders'  equity  requirements  in  the  future.

     Flex  Financial  has obtained agreements from the beneficial owners of at
least 50 percent of their presently outstanding shares of capital stock to the
effect  that  these  owners  will  not sell any of their shares of post-Merger
Company  stock  (without  first  obtaining  the  written authorization of Flex
Financial's  president)  for  the  following  periods after the Merger becomes
effective  and  information  about  the  Company  is  published in Moody's OTC
Industrial  Manual:  Flex  Financial's  shareholders  -  180  days.

Rule  144  and  Rule  145  Restrictions  on  Trading.
- ----------------------------------------------------

     Should  the  Merger  and Spinoff transaction described herein be approved
and effected, all issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company
shall  have  been  issued  or  distributed  pursuant  to registration with the
Commission.    Nevertheless,  some of the Shares, even though deemed not to be
"restricted  securities,"  as  such  term  is  used by the Commission, will be
subject  to  certain  restrictions  on  their  transfer  for  value.

<PAGE>

     Holders  of  the Shares who are deemed to be affiliates of Flex Financial
at  the  time  of  the vote on the Merger, in order to sell their Shares, must
either  register  them for sale or comply with the resale provisions set forth
in  paragraph  (d)  of  the  Commission's  Rule  145,  unless  some  other
exemption-from-registration  provision is available.  The resale provisions of
paragraph (d) of Rule 145 refer to certain provisions of the Commission's Rule
144  which  require  that:

  -  there  must  be  available,  to the public, current information about the
     Company  of  a  quality  meeting  certain  Commission  requirements,

  -  transfers  for  value  by  such  affiliates can occur only either through
     broker  transactions  not  involving  the  solicitation  of  buyers  or
     directly  to  market-makers,  and

  -  each  such  affiliate  can transfer for value, during a 90-day period, no
     more Shares than the greater of one percent of all issued and outstanding
     shares  of  Common  Stock of the Company (20,000 Shares immediately after
     the Merger)  or the average weekly volume of trading in such Common Stock
     reported through  the  automated  quotation  system  of NASDAQ during the
     four calendar weeks prior to placing the sell order with a broker-dealer.

     The  above  described  resale  provisions of Rule 145 shall continue, for
persons  who  are  affiliates of Flex Financial at the time of the vote on the
Merger,  for  2  years after the Merger, at which time only the current public
information  requirement  shall  continue.  At such time as any such affiliate
has  ceased  to  be  an  affiliate  of  the post-merger company for at least 3
months,  and  provided  at  least  3  years have elapsed since the date of the
Merger, then even the current public information requirement will no longer be
required for such a former affiliate to sell any of the Shares acquired in the
Merger.

     The  Company  believes  that  none  of  the 20,000 Spinoff Shares will be
subject  to  any  restrictions on trading or transfers for value, by reason of
these  Shares'  being registered for the Spinoff.  Further, none of the 94,000
Shares  of  the  Company  to  be  distributed  in the Merger to Flex Financial
shareholders  other  than  to  Flex  Financial  officers  and directors and to
affiliates  of  Flex  Financial  prior  to  the  Merger will be subject to any
restrictions on transfer.  Accordingly, after the effective date of the Merger
and the redistribution of the Spinoff Shares, there shall be 114,000 Shares in
the  "public  float,"  i.e.,  subject  to  no  Rule  144  or  other applicable
securities  law  restrictions  on their being traded or transferred for value.
It is estimated that in excess of 300 persons will own these Shares of record,
the  offering  of which for sale could have a materially adverse effect on the
market  price of the Company's stock.  However, for a period of 180 days after
the  Merger  should  become  effective  and  information about the post-Merger
Company  has been published in Moody's OTC Industrial Manual, at least half of
the  Flex  Financial outstanding Shares are subject to restrictions on trading
by  reason  of  agreements  among  the  shareholders owning these Shares.  See
"Information  about  the  Company  - Market for the Company's Common Stock and
Related  Stockholder  Matters."

     There  is  no  equity  of  the  Company subject to outstanding options or
warrants  to  purchase, or securities convertible into, equity of the Company.
However,  under  the  terms  of  the  Merger, all warrants and options of Flex
Financial  which  are  outstanding on the Effective Date shall be canceled and
converted into warrants and options of the Company to buy an equivalent number
of shares.  See "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES - Other Securities of the Company".

<PAGE>

     The  Company  has  had  no  operations  or  earnings  and has declared no
dividends  on  its capital stock.  Should the Merger be approved and effected,
there  are  no restrictions that would, or are likely to, limit the ability of
the Company to pay dividends on its Common Stock, but the Company has no plans
to  pay  dividends  in  the foreseeable future and intends to use earnings for
business  expansion purposes (see "Information about the Company - Description
of  Business  and  Properties").

Financial  Statements.
- ---------------------

     Set  forth below are the independent auditor's report dated September 25,
1996  with  respect to the Company's financial statements as of July 31, 1996,
and  the  notes  to  the  financial  statements.

<PAGE>
















                        FLEX ACQUISITIONS CORPORATION
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

                             FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                JULY 31, 1996

<PAGE>



                                     --ooOoo--

                                 C 0 N T E N T S
                                 ---------------

                                                            Page
                                                          ------
Independent  Auditor's  Report                              FI-2

Balance  Sheet                                              FI-3

Statement  of  Operations                                   FI-4

Statement  of  Changes  in  Stockholder's  Equity.          FI-5

Statement  of  Cash  Flows                                  FI-6

Notes  to  Financial  Statements                          FI-7-8





                                     --ooOoo--

<PAGE>

                           INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT





To  the  Stockholder  and  Directors  of
Flex  Acquisitions  Corporation
(A  Development  Stage  Company)
Houston,  Texas


We  have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheet  of  Flex  Acquisitions
Corporation (A Development Stage Company) as of July 31, 1996, and the related
statements  of  operations, changes in stockholder's equity and cash flows for
the  period  March  22, 1996 (date of inception) through July 31, 1996.  These
financial  statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our  audit.

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.    Those  standards  require  that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit
also  includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant
estimates  made  by  management,  as  well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for  our  opinion.

In  our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Flex Acquisitions Corporation
(A  Development  Stage  Company)  at  July  31,  1996,  and the results of its
operations  and  its  cash  flows for the period then ended in conformity with
generally  accepted  accounting  principles.






Houston,  Texas
September  25,  1996























                                     FI-2

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    FLEX ACQUISITIONS CORPORATION
                                    (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                                            BALANCE SHEET
                                            JULY 31, 1996


                                                ASSETS

<S>                                                                 <C>
OTHER ASSETS

  Start-up costs                                                    $  4,992
                                                                    =========

                   LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
                   ------------------------------------

CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Accounts payable                                                  $    134
  Interest payable                                                       134
                                                                    ---------

    TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES                                            268
                                                                    ---------

LONG-TERM NOTE PAYABLE, RELATED PARTY                                  4,000
                                                                    ---------

STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
  Preferred stock, no par value, 10,000,000 shares
    authorized, none issued and outstanding, rights,
    preferences, qualifications, limitations and
    restrictions and any other benefits to be
    determined by the Board of Directors as provided
    in the corporation's Articles of Incorporation                       -0-
  Common stock, $.001 par value, 10,000,000 shares
    authorized, 20,000 shares sold and to be issued                       20
  Additional paid-in capital                                             980
  Deficit accumulated during the development stage                      (276)
                                                                    ---------

                                                                         724
                                                                    ---------

                                                                    $  4,992
                                                                    =========
</TABLE>













See  accompanying  notes.

                                       FI-3

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           FLEX ACQUISITIONS CORPORATION
                           (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                              STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
             MARCH 22, 1996 (Date of Inception) THROUGH JULY 31, 1996






<S>                                      <C>
EXPENSES
  Interest expense                       $    134
  Outside services                             80
  Bank service charges                         54
  Postage and delivery                          8
                                         ---------

                                              276
                                         ---------

NET LOSS                                 $   (276)
                                         =========

LOSS PER COMMON SHARE                    $   (.01)
                                         =========

SHARES USED IN COMPUTING LOSS PER SHARE  $ 20,000
                                         =========
</TABLE>

















See  accompanying  notes.

                                       FI-4

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          FLEX  ACQUISITIONS  CORPORATION
                          (A  DEVELOPMENT  STAGE  COMPANY)
                  STATEMENT  OF  CHANGES  IN  STOCKHOLDER'S  EQUITY
          MARCH  22,  1996  (Date  of  Inception)  THROUGH  JULY  31,  1996





                                        Additional
                 Preferred    Common     Paid-In    Retained
                   Stock       Stock     Capital    (Deficit)     Total
                 ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ----------
<S>              <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
Sale of Common
  Stock          $      -0-  $      20  $     980  $     -0-   $   1,000

Net Loss                -0-        -0-        -0-       (276)       (276)
                 ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ----------

Balance -
  July 31, 1996  $      -0-  $      20  $     980  $    (276)  $     724
                 ==========  =========  =========  ==========  ==========
</TABLE>


See accompanying notes.

                                       FI-5

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          FLEX  ACQUISITIONS  CORPORATION
                          (A  DEVELOPMENT  STAGE  COMPANY)
                              STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
             MARCH 22, 1996 (Date of Inception) THROUGH JULY 31, 1996










<S>                                            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net loss                                      $   (276)
                                               ---------
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
  cash used by operating activities:
   Change in operating assets and liabilities:
    Accounts payable                                134
    Interest payable                                134
                                               ---------

     Total Adjustments                              268
                                               ---------

     Net Cash Used by Operating Activities           (8)
                                               ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Start-up costs                                  (4,992)
                                               ---------

     Net Cash Used by Investing Activities       (4,992)
                                               ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Long-term note payable, related party            4,000
 Proceeds from issuance of common stock           1,000
                                               ---------

     Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities    5,000
                                               ---------

NET INCREASE IN CASH                                -0-

CASH AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD                         -0-
                                               ---------

CASH AT END OF PERIOD                          $    -0-
                                               =========
</TABLE>





See  accompanying  notes.

                                       FI-6

<PAGE>

                           FLEX ACQUISITIONS CORPORATION
                           (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                           NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   JULY 31, 1996

NOTE  A          BASIS  OF  PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
                 POLICIES

Flex  Acquisitions  Corporation (A Development Stage Company) (Acquisitions) a
wholly  owned  Texas  subsidiary  of  American  NorTel  Communications,  Inc.
(American  Nortel)  was incorporated on March 21, 1996 for the purpose of; (a)
merging with Flex Financial Group, Inc. (Flex Financial), an entity related by
common control, and (b) a proposed filing of a registration statement with the
Securities  and  Exchange Commission.  Simultaneously with these transactions,
it  is anticipated that American Nortel will then distribute its shares of the
Company to American Nortel shareholders.  The newly formed public Company will
then  engage  in the business of participating in certain short-term financing
opportunities (terms of less than one year) in the underwriting segment of the
securities  industry  and  in  certain  long-term  financing  and  investment
opportunities  (terms of greater than one year) in transactions with operating
businesses  with  significant  growth  potential.

The  Company  has  no  business  operations  or significant capital and has no
intention  of  engaging  in  any  active  business  until  it merges with Flex
Financial.  Should the merger not occur, the Company would seek other business
opportunities  and  if  none  were  found,  would be dissolved within eighteen
months  by  a  vote  of  the  majority  of  its  common  stockholders.

Merger Spin-Off - The  Company  agreed to merge with Flex Financial on July 1,
- ---------------
1996.    Flex Financial is a developmental stage company formed to participate
in certain short-term financing opportunities (terms of less than one year) in
the  underwriting  segment  of  the  securities industry and to participate in
certain  long-term  financing  and  investment opportunities (terms of greater
than  one  year)  in  transactions  with operating businesses with significant
growth  potential.    The Company will be the surviving corporation (Survivor)
but Flex Financial will elect all directors and officers of the Survivor.  All
currently  outstanding  stock of Flex Financial will be canceled and converted
into  94,000 shares of the Company's common stock.  Flex Financial has options
and  warrants  currently  outstanding  which  will be canceled and options and
warrants on the Company's common stock will be issued according to the plan of
merger.

The  merger  is  contingent  upon  the  effectiveness  of  the  registration
statements,  and  upon  the  shareholders of the Company and of Flex Financial
approving  the  proposed  merger.

Management's  Estimates  -  Management  uses  estimates  and  assumptions  in
- -----------------------
preparing  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles.    These estimates and assumptions affect the reported
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities,  and  the  reported  revenues and expenses.  Actual results could
vary  from  the  estimates  that  were  used.

Fair  Value of Financial Instruments - Management is of the opinion  that  the
- ------------------------------------
carrying  value  of  all  financial instruments is substantially equal to fair
value  at  July  31,  1996.

                                                                     Continued

                                       FI-7

<PAGE>

                           FLEX ACQUISITIONS CORPORATION
                           (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                           NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   JULY 31, 1996

NOTE  A          BASIS  OF  PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
                 POLICIES  (CONTINUED)

Loss Per Common Share - Loss per common share is computed  using  the weighted
average  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding during the period.

Income  Taxes - For the year ended July 31, 1996, the  Company  incurred a net
operating  loss  amounting to $276.  This net operating loss carryforward will
expire  in  the  year  2011,  if  not  previously  utilized.

No  tax  benefit  for the loss carryforward has been reported in the financial
statements.  Accordingly, the tax benefit of approximately $94  resulting from
the  utilization  of  the  loss  carryforward  has  been offset by a valuation
allowance  of  the  same  amount.

Start-up  Costs  -  Represents  legal  and  other  costs  associated  with the
organization  of  the  Company and services in connection with the anticipated
merger/spinoff  with  American  Nortel Communications, Inc. and Flex Financial
Group,  Inc.    These  costs  will  be  amortized over a five year period upon
commencement  of  operations.

NOTE  B          LONG-TERM  NOTE  PAYABLE,  RELATED  PARTY

Long-term  note  payable,  related party consists of the following at July 31,
1996:

     Flex  Financial  Group,  Inc.  -  10%  note,  convertible
     into  common  stock  as  provided  for  by  the
     agreement,  subordinated,  redeemable  note
     payable  due  March  31,  1998,  renewable  for  an
     additional  two  year  term,  interest  payable
     at  maturity;  unsecured                              $    4,000

     Less  current  portion                                       -0-
                                                           ----------

     Long-term  portion                                    $    4,000
                                                           ==========

NOTE  C          RELATED  PARTY  TRANSACTIONS  AND  BALANCES

Transactions  and  balances  with  related individuals and entities related by
common  control  are  as  follows:

     Flex  Financial  Group,  Inc.
       Interest  expense/payable                           $      134
                                                           ==========
     Roberts  -  Attorney  at  Law;
       initial  registered  agent
         Start-up  costs                                   $    4,992
                                                           ==========

                                       FI-8

<PAGE>

                       INFORMATION ABOUT FLEX FINANCIAL

     Flex  Financial Group, Inc. ("Flex Financial") was incorporated under the
Business  Corporation  Law  of  the  State  of  Texas  on  August  17,  1995.

Management's  Plan  of  Operation
- ---------------------------------

     The following should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements
of  Flex  Financial  and  the Notes thereto, and the other financial and other
information  included  elsewhere in this Prospectus.  This Prospectus contains
certain  statements regarding future trends which are subject to various risks
and  uncertainties.    Such  trends,  and  their  anticipated  impact  on Flex
Financial,  could  differ  materially from those discussed in this Prospectus.
Factors  that  could  cause or contribute to such differences include, but are
not  limited  to,  those  discussed  in  "Risk  Factors" and elsewhere in this
Prospectus.

     Flex  Financial  was  organized in August, 1995 and is in the development
stage.  Flex Financial has not yet commenced operations, has not generated any
revenues  from  operations  to  date,  and will not generate any revenues from
operations  until  after the company completes a concurrent public offering of
its  common  stock, which the company anticipates will occur in January, 1997.
There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company will be able to successfully
generate  meaningful  revenue  or  achieve  profitable  operations.

     Since  inception, Flex Financial has developed a business plan; developed
and  disseminated  promotional material to prospective clients of its business
services;  identified  and  commenced negotiations with potential clients with
respect  to  its  services;  developed  a  marketing  strategy;  and raised an
aggregate  of  $137,200  in  gross  proceeds  through  private equity and debt
offerings.

     Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources.  As  of  the date of this Prospectus,
     ----------------------------------
Flex  Financial has approximately $30,000 in cash and cash equivalents.  It is
anticipated  that  the  Company will realize $500,000 in net proceeds from the
sale  of  the  Common  Stock  and  Warrants  offered  in the Concurrent Public
Offering.   The net proceeds of the concurrent Public Offering will be used to
commence  full  business  operations  and  investment  in  Bridge  Loans,
subordination  Loans  and  Investment  Transactions.

     Flex  Financial  is  dependent upon the proceeds of the Concurrent Public
Offering,  existing  cash,  and  cash  flow  from operations, if any, or other
financing  to  implement its proposed business plan.  Management believes that
the  proceeds  from  the  sale of the Common Stock and Warrants offered in the
Concurrent  Public  Offering  will  enable  Flex  Financial  to  satisfy  its
anticipated  financing  needs for a period of at least 12 months following the
Effective  Date.  However, the capital requirements relating to implementation
of the Company's business plan will be significant.  There can be no assurance
that  Flex  Financial  will  have sufficient capital resources to permit it to
fully  implement  its  business  plan.

Plan  of  Operation
- -------------------

<PAGE>

     Business  Objectives.  The  Company  was formed in August, 1995 primarily
     --------------------
to  serve  as a vehicle to invest in short-term financing opportunities in the
underwriting  segment  of  the  securities  industry.   The Company intends to
participate  in  short-term  financing  opportunities  by (i) providing equity
subordination  loans  to  underwriters requiring additional excess net capital
for  underwriting  specific  issues on a firm commitment basis ("Subordination
Loans") and (ii) providing bridge loans to selected issuers to connection with
initial  public  offerings  and  secondary  financing  ("Bridge  Loans").  The
Company expects to be in a position to take advantage of a long-term financing
and  investment  opportunities  to effect Investment Transactions and Business
Acquisitions  with  Target Businesses.  The business objectives of the Company
are  to  (i) provide Subordination Loans to selected underwriters for specific
issues  on  terms  suiting the Company's investment requirements, (ii) provide
Bridge  Loans  on  a  highly  selective basis within established guidelines to
issuers  meeting  the  Company's  due diligence standards, and (iii) to effect
Investment  Transactions  on  negotiated  terms favorable to the Company.  The
Company  also  intends to engage in "spinoff" activities such as are described
herein,  such  spinoffs to involve the distribution, by way of stock dividends
or  otherwise,  of registered shares of stock of other companies.  The Company
intends  to use the proceeds of this offering primarily to provide the capital
to commence the investigation, negotiation and participation in Subordination,
Bridge  Loans  and Investment Transactions.  By reason of its participation in
Subordination  and  Bridge  Loans,  the Company may be presented a longer-term
investment  opportunity  to  effect  a  Business  Acquisition  with  a  Target
Business.  The Company will not use the proceeds of this offering to fund such
an  acquisition.    The  Company  will  participate  in a Business Acquisition
requiring  a  significant  commitment  of cash only through a Secondary Public
Offering  in  which  the  Target Business is identified.  The Company does not
intend to participate in a "blind pool/blank check" offering to participate in
a  Business Acquisition.  Some portion of the proceeds of this offering may be
allocated  and  used  to  defray  the  front  end  expenses  of  a  Secondary.

     The  Company  believes that financing opportunities will become available
to  the  Company  due primarily to the contacts of its officers, directors and
consultants with entities and individuals participating in various segments of
the  securities  industry,  liquidity  of  its  assets, its future status as a
publicly-held company, and its flexibility in structuring and participating in
financing  opportunities.    The  Company has no agreement or understanding to
participate  in  any  financing  opportunity,  nor  does it currently have any
opportunity  under  investigation.    Decisions  as  to  which  financing
opportunities  to  participate  in  will be made by management of the Company,
which  will  in  all probability act without the consent, vote, or approval of
the  Company's  stockholders  except  when  required  by  applicable  law.

     Business  Experience  of Principals.  The  present  executive officer and
     -----------------------------------
director  and  certain  consultants who have been retained by the Company have
business  experience  which  has  provided  them with certain skills which the
Company  believes  will  be  helpful  in  identifying and evaluating potential
Bridge  Loan  and  Subordination  Loan candidates and Target Businesses and in
negotiating  the  terms  of  Bridge  Loans,  Subordination  Loans,  Investment
Transactions  and Business Combinations.  They have had significant experience
in a variety of business transactions, including providing investment banking,
underwritings,  bridge  loans  and  general  business consulting to public and
private  companies  in the $5 million to $10 million asset range.  The Company
expects to actively recruit board members with extensive management, financial
and  entrepreneurial  backgrounds  to  assist in these endeavors.  The Company
expects  that  future  directors will have similar experience and/or extensive
business  management  and  financial  management experience.  In addition, the
Board  of  Directors  may  establish  an  advisory  committee  (the  "Advisory
Committee")  consisting  of  up  to eight (8) persons to assist in finding and
evaluating  potential  candidates  for  Bridge  Loans, Subordination Loans and
Target  Businesses.    Members of the Advisory Committee will have significant
experience  in the securities industry primarily in areas of business interest
to  the  Company.    The  Advisory  Committee  will  not  have any role in the
management  of  the  business  of  the  Company, but will be available, to the
extent  management  may  require,  to  consult with management as to potential
candidates  for Bridge Loans, Subordination Loans, Investment Transactions and
Business  Combinations.

     Business  Plan.
     --------------

     1.          General.

     The  Company  was  organized  to  provide Subordination Loans to selected
underwriters  requiring  short  term  additional  net  capital  to  underwrite
specific  issues  on  a  firm  commitment  basis; to provide Bridge Loans on a
highly  selective  basis  within  established  guidelines  to selected issuers
meeting  the  Company's  due  diligence standards to facilitate initial public
offerings  or  secondary  financing;  and to engage in "spinoff" activities in
which  the  Company  serves  as  a  vehicle  or facility for private operating
companies  to  effect  public  status.

<PAGE>

     The  Company  will  generally  use  the proceeds of the Concurrent Public
Offering  to  investigate  and,  if  warranted,  participate  in  a  financing
opportunity  with  immediate  short-term  earnings  potential.  Because of the
Company's  limited  financial,  managerial, and other resources, the number of
suitable potential financing opportunities which will be available to it under
its  criteria  will  be  extremely  limited.    The  Company  currently has no
commitment  or  arrangement  to  participate  in any financing opportunity and
cannot now predict what type of opportunity may become available to it.  It is
emphasized that the business objectives discussed herein are extremely general
and  are  not  intended to be restrictive upon the discretion of the Company's
management.

     Management of the Company has virtually unlimited discretion in searching
out  and  participating  in a financing opportunity.  The Company is unable to
predict  when  it  may become engaged in a financing opportunity.  It expects,
however, that review and analysis of specific proposals and the selection of a
financing  opportunity  will  likely  take several weeks or more following the
successful  completion of this offering.  There can be no assurance as to when
a  financing  opportunity  will  become  available,  however,  management  is
confident  that  such  opportunities will become available on a regular basis.

     Management  anticipates  that  the  Company may be able to participate in
numerous  and  ongoing  financing  opportunities.  This diversification should
enable the Company to reduce its risks by offsetting potential losses from one
financing  against  gains  from  another.

     2.     Subordination  and  Bridge  Loans

     Subordination  Loans.    The  Company  intends  to  provide Subordination
     --------------------
Loans  to  selected  underwriters  to  facilitate the underwriting of specific
issues  on a firm commitment basis.  Small underwriters seek short-term equity
subordinated  underwriting  loans  to meet excess net capital requirements for
firm  commitment  underwritings.    The  Company  intends  to  participate  in
Subordination  Loans  that can be structured with the following general terms.
Subordination  Loans  will typically be very short term loans (maximum term of
30  to  45  days) made to an underwriter for the purpose of meeting excess net
capital  requirements for a specific firm commitment underwriting.  Principals
of  the  underwriter  will  in  most cases be required to personally guarantee
repayment  of the loan.  The terms of the loan will normally require that loan
proceeds  be  maintained  in a segregated account invested in short term money
market  or  similar  securities.  The underwriter will normally be expected to
pay a minimum of 2% of the amount of the underwriting for the loan, yielding a
return  of  7%  to 10%  to the Company.  The Company expects to make up to six
Subordination  Loans  a year in amounts ranging from $50,000 to $200,000 each,
yielding  a  return  in  excess  of  50%  per  year.

     Bridge  Loans.  The  Company  intends to provide Bridge Loans to selected
     -------------
issuers  to facilitate an issuer's initial public offering or secondary public
financing.    Bridge Loans are typically short term loans (maximum term of one
year  with  mandatory prepayment out of the proceeds of the underwriting) made
to  an issuer for the purpose of providing funds to pay underwriting costs and
to  a  lesser  extent general corporate expenses relating to the underwriting.
The Company intends to participate in Bridge Loans that can be structured with
the  following  general  terms.   In the typical transaction the Company would
expect the loan to be repaid from the proceeds of the underwriting within 4 to
6  months  of the loan.  The loan would typically range in amount from $50,000
to $200,000 and normally carry an interest rate of 3 to 5  points above prime.
The  Company  will  require  an  equity enhancement in the form of warrants or
cheap  stock  designed  to provide a return of 200% to 300% of the loan amount
within  12  to 18 months of the loan.  In connection with equity enhancements,
the  Company  will  require  demand  and  piggy  back registration rights with
expenses  paid  by  the  issuer.  Principals of the issuer will be expected to
personally  guarantee  repayment  of  the loan and in most cases the loan will
collateralized  by  some  assets  of  the  issuer.

<PAGE>

     Typical Scenarios.  Although  the  Company cannot predict the exact terms
     -----------------
and  structure  of  any financing transaction in which it may participate, the
following  represents the type of transaction structures that the Company will
attempt  to  negotiate.

     With  respect to a typical scenario for a Subordination Loan, the Company
intends  to  seek  situations in which a small underwriter with net capital of
$500,000  or  less  wants  to  underwrite an entire issue of $4 million to $10
million  on  a  firm  commitment  basis.    NASD and SEC rules and regulations
require  the  underwriter  to have excess net capital  of 30% of the retention
less  underwriting  fees.    A  $5 million firm commitment underwriting  would
require  $5,000,000  X  .90  =  $4,500,000  X  .30  = $1,350,000 in excess net
capital.    An underwriter requiring another $850,000 in excess net capital to
underwrite  the  issue would require additional underwriters or a subordinated
underwriting  loan  to  provide the additional $850,000 in excess net capital.
The  Company  would  expect  to participate in such a subordinated loan in the
amount  of  $270,000    which  would  underwrite $1 million of the issue.  The
underwriter  would expect to pay a minimum of 2% of the underwritten amount or
$20,000  for the loan, yielding a return to the Company of 7% to 10% over a 30
to  45  day  period.

     With  respect  to  a  typical scenario for a Bridge Loan transaction, the
Company  will  expect  to make a one year $200,000 Bridge Loan to an issuer to
facilitate  the  issuer's  initial  public  offering to be priced at $5.00 per
share.    The  loan  would  bear  interest  at  13%  per  annum with mandatory
prepayment from the proceeds of the underwriting at closing.  The loan will be
personally  guaranteed  by  the  issuer's  principals  and  collateralized  by
available  assets  of the issuer.  The Company would expect to receive a stock
purchase  warrant  to buy 100,000 shares of the issuer's common stock at $2.00
per  share  as  an  equity  enhancement.    Six  months  after  the  loan  the
underwriting  closes  and  the  Company  would  expect  to  be repaid $200,000
principal  and  $13,000 in interest.  Twelve months after the underwriting (18
months  after  the  loan) assuming the issuer's stock is trading at $6.00, the
value  of  the  warrants  would be $400,000 or 200% of the original loan.  The
results  and  return  on  the equity enhancement would of course be completely
dependent  upon the performance of the issuer's publicly traded securities and
in  some  cases may be of no value.  Normally, the securities representing the
equity  enhancement  is  registered  in  the issuer's initial public offering.

     General  Considerations.    Management  intends  to  participate  in  a
     -----------------------
portfolio  of  subordinated  loans  and bridge loans that will provide prudent
risk  and  diversification.  The amount of and timing of each transaction will
be  determined  by  management  taking  into account the liquid assets and net
worth  of the Company, and the ongoing general and administrative costs of the
Company.  Whenever possible management will further diversify by participating
with  other  investors  in  its  financing  opportunities.

3.     Long  Term  Investment  Opportunities  -  Investment  Transactions

     General.    By  reason  of  its participation in Subordination and Bridge
     -------
Loans,  the  Company  expects  to be presented an investment opportunity or an
opportunity  to acquire a non-controlling equity interest in a Target Business
which  the  Company  believes  has  growth potential.  These opportunities are
expected  to  be  in  the  form  of  "spinoff"  transactions.

     Investment  Transactions.   The Company expects to use  a  portion of the
     ------------------------
Proceeds  of  this  offering  to  investigate  and, if warranted, enter into a
definitive  agreement  to  exchange its assets for cash and/or securities of a
Target  Business.    The  Company  does not expect to acquire more  than a 10%
equity  interest  in  a  Target  Business  in  an  Investment  Transaction.

<PAGE>

     Method   of Participation.  It  is  impossible to predict exactly how the
     -------------------------
Company  may participate in an investment opportunity, but generally speaking,
the  Company  intends  to use its assets, including cash provided through this
offering,  to  acquire  equity  interests  in Target Businesses.  Although the
Company  cannot  predict  the  exact  terms  and  structure  of any Investment
Transaction  in which it may participate, the following represents the type of
transaction  structures  that  the  Company  will  attempt  to negotiate.  The
Company  will  attempt,  for  example, to identify a Target Business requiring
certain  assets  or  cash  of the Company.  Subject to a letter of intent, the
Company  may  agree  to  form a wholly-owned subsidiary to be capitalized with
those certain assets and/or cash.  The Company through its subsidiary may then
enter  into a definitive agreement under which the Target Business merges into
the  subsidiary with the Company retaining a negotiated equity interest in the
surviving  subsidiary  (expected to be 10% of issued and  outstanding shares).
The Company may then use the shares for, among other things, distribution as a
dividend  to  its  shareholders,  sale for cash, exchange for other assets, or
retention  for  investment  purposes.

     Typical  Scenarios.    In a  typical  scenario, the Company expects to be
     ------------------
approached  by  a  company  that  wishes  to  become  publicly  held  ("Target
Business").  The Company will enter into an agreement with the Target Business
for  a  proposed merger-spinoff transaction which would create a public market
for  the Target's stock.  The proposed merger-spinoff would be effected by the
Company  forming  a  new subsidiary which would be thinly capitalized with the
Company  as  its sole shareholder.  The Target would merge into the subsidiary
with  the  Target  shareholders  receiving approximately 90% of the issued and
outstanding  shares  of  the  subsidiary  and the Company retaining 10% of the
shares.   Subsequent to the merger, the Company will distribute some or all of
the  subsidiary's  shares to its shareholders (expected at that time to exceed
300  in  number).    Contemporaneously with the merger-spinoff, the subsidiary
would  file  a  registration  statement  on  Form  S-4 with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission  ("SEC")  to  register  the  merger  shares  and  file  a
registration  statement  on  Form  SB-2  with  the SEC to register the spinoff
shares.   The subsidiary may in connection with the filing of the S-4 register
shelf shares for future issuance in association with possible acquisitions and
may  in connection with the filing of the SB-2 register the sale of additional
shares  to  provide  working  capital or register the resale of shares for the
account  of  its  shareholders.    As  a result of the transaction, the Target
Business  becomes a publicly held company with the Company or its shareholders
owning  10%  of  the  public  company.

     4.     Long  Term  Investment  Opportunities  -  Business  Combinations

     General.    By  reason  of  its participation in Subordination and Bridge
     -------
Loans,  the  Company  expects  to  be  presented  an  opportunity  to  acquire
significant  or control equity in a Target Business which the Company believes
has  growth  potential.

     Method of Participation or Acquisition.   It  is  impossible  to  predict
     --------------------------------------
exactly  how  the  Company  may  participate  in  a  business opportunity, but
generally  speaking,  the Company intends to acquire a business opportunity by
using  cash provided through a Secondary Public Offering and seller financing.
It  is  the  Company's intent that designees of its present management and its
shareholders have a majority position on the board of directors of the Company
following  any  reorganization  or  other acquisition transaction.  As part of
such  a  transaction,  all  or  a  majority of the Company's directors will be
expected  to  continue  in  office.

     Business  Combinations.   The  Company  may use a portion of the proceeds
     ----------------------
of  this  offering  to  investigate and, if warranted, enter into a definitive
agreement  to  acquire  control  equity  in a Target Business.  If the Company
enters into a definitive purchase agreement with a Target, the Company intends
to  undertake  a  secondary  public  offering  specifically for the purpose of
providing  any  cash equity required to consummate the long term investment or
acquisition.    The  Company  does  not  intend  to  enter into any definitive
purchase  or  long  term investment agreement with a Target that requires cash
payments  by the Company unless such agreement is conditioned upon the Company
successfully  closing  a  secondary  public  offering pursuant to an effective
registration  statement filed under the Act for an aggregate offering price of
at  least  $5,000,000 ("Secondary").  The Secondary will specifically identify
the  Target  Business  and  will be undertaken specifically for the purpose of
providing the funds for acquiring the Target Business.  The Company intends to
undertake  the  Secondary  specifically  for the purpose of providing the cash
equity  to  consummate  the acquisition of an identified Target Business.  The
Company  does  not  anticipate  undertaking  a  "Blind  Pool/Blank  Check"
underwriting  to  acquire  an unspecified Target Business.  In connection with
such  an  acquisition,  the  Company  may  provide a Subordination Loan to the
underwriter  and  a  Bridge  Loan  to  the  Target.

<PAGE>

     5.     Miscellaneous  Matters

     Sources of Opportunities.  The  principals  of the Company have extensive
     ------------------------
experience  in  working  with  small  underwriters and in providing investment
banking,  underwritings,  bridge  loans,  and  general  business and financial
consulting  to  smaller public and private companies.  The Company anticipates
that  financing  opportunities  will be referred by various sources, including
its  officers and directors, professional advisers, securities broker-dealers,
members  of  the  financial  community, and others who may present unsolicited
proposals.   The Company may agree to pay a finder's fee or other compensation
for  services  provided  by  unaffiliated  persons  who  submit  a  financing
opportunity  in  which  the  Company participates.  No guideline or policy has
been  adopted  by  the  Company  concerning  the  circumstances  under which a
finder's  fee  will  be  paid  or  the  amount  of  such  fee.

     The  Company  will  seek potential financing opportunities from all known
sources,  but  will  rely  principally  on  personal contacts of its officers,
directors  and  consultants  as well as indirect associations between them and
other  business  and  professional people.  In some instances, the Company may
publish notices or advertisements seeking a potential financing opportunity in
financial  or  trade  publications.

     Criteria.    Subordination  Loans  will  only  be  made  to  underwriters
     --------
acceptable  to  the  Company and in connection with specific underwritings for
issuers  acceptable  to  the  Company.    Bridge  Loans  will  only be made to
companies  that  can  pass  an extensive due diligence review of the company's
management,  business, deal structure, underwriter, and public relations firm.
The  Company may require representation on the issuer's board and will require
substantial  penalties  for  a loan default.  Any participation by the Company
will  be subject to the issuer executing a firm commitment underwriting letter
of  intent  with  an  underwriter  approved  by  the  Company.

     The  Company  may  enter  into  an  Investment  Transaction  or  Business
Combination  with  a business in any industry and in any stage of development,
including  an  established  business  which needs additional funding or a firm
which  is  in  need  of  additional  capital to overcome financial problems or
difficulties, but does not intend to enter into such transaction with a "start
up"  or  new company.  The Company may enter into an Investment Transaction or
Business Combination with a Target Business in various stages of its life.  It
is impossible to predict the status of any investment in which the Company may
become  engaged.

     The  analysis  of  financing opportunities will be undertaken by or under
the  supervision  of  the  officers  and  directors.  Certain of the Company's
officers,  directors and consultants have extensive business experience in the
securities  industry,  particularly  regarding small public underwritings, and
are primarily engaged in the business of analyzing businesses for underwriting
suitability  and negotiating, participating in and advising as to Bridge Loans
and  Subordination  Loans.   In analyzing prospective financing opportunities,
management will consider the following factors regarding an issuer:  available
technical,  financial,  and  managerial  resources,  working capital and other
financial  requirements; history of operations, if any; quality and experience
of  management  services  which  may  be  available  and  the  depth  of  that
management;  capability  of  effecting  an  underwriting, including quality of
underwriter  and  professional  advisers;  and  other  relevant  factors.

<PAGE>

     The  Company  will analyze all available factors and make a determination
based  upon  a  composite  of  available facts, without reliance on any single
factor.

     Procedures.   A  thorough  evaluation of an issuer prior to a Bridge Loan
     ----------
will  be difficult.  The Company will have limited time and funds available in
its search for and analysis of financing opportunities and will not be able to
expend  significant  funds  on  a complete and exhaustive investigation of any
financing  opportunity.    However, the Company will investigate, to an extent
believed  reasonable  by  its  management,  such  potential  opportunities  by
obtaining  financial and other information reasonably available concerning the
issuer  and/or underwriter; conducting meetings and interviews with management
and  underwriter;  reviewing experience and other financial factors; and other
reasonable  methods.

     As  part  of the Company's investigation, officers and directors may meet
personally  with  management  and  key  personnel  of  the firm sponsoring the
investment  opportunity,  visit  and  inspect  material  facilities,  obtain
independent  analysis  or  verification of certain information provided, check
references  of  management  and  key  personnel,  and conduct other reasonable
measures,  to  the extent allowed by the Company's limited financial resources
and  management  and  technical  expertise.

     The  Company will participate in a financing opportunity only pursuant to
negotiation  and  execution of a written agreement.  Although the terms cannot
be  predicted,  agreements  generally  require  specific  representations  and
warranties  by  all  of  the  parties  thereto  and  specify certain events of
default.

     The  investigation  of  specific  financing  opportunities  and  the
negotiation,  drafting  and  execution  of  relevant  agreements,  disclosure
documents,  and  other instruments may require substantial management time and
attention  and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys, and others.  If a
decision  is  made not to participate in a specific financing opportunity, the
costs  previously  incurred  in  the  related  investigation  would  not  be
recoverable.    Furthermore,  even  if  an  agreement  is  reached  for  the
participation  in  a specific financing opportunity, the failure to consummate
that  transaction  may  result in the loss to the Company of the related costs
incurred.

     Competition.  The Company expects to encounter competition in its efforts
to  locate  opportunities  for  the  employment  of  its capital.  The primary
competition  for  desirable  investments  is expected to come from other small
companies  organized  and  funded  for similar purposes, small venture capital
partnerships  and  corporations,  small  business  investment  companies,  and
individuals  with  unlimited  financial resources.  Many of these entities may
have  significantly greater experience, resources, and managerial capabilities
than the Company and will, therefore, be in a better position than the Company
to  obtain  access  to  business opportunities.  However, the Company believes
that  it has sufficient expertise and contacts to compete successfully in this
market.

Description  of  Business  Properties.
- -------------------------------------

     Flex  Financial  currently shares a portion of approximately 3,000 square
feet  of office space in premises occupied by Focus-Tech Investments, Inc. and
Financial  Public Relations, Ltd. at 770 S. Post Oak Lane, Suite 515, Houston,
Texas  77056.    Mr.  Fearnow  is  a principal of Focus-Tech Investments, Inc.
("Focus-Tech"),  a  Nevada  corporation,  that  provides  investment  banking
consulting  services  to  FPR.    Flex  Financial believes that such space and
services  will  be  adequate  for  the  business  of  Flex  Financial into the
foreseeable future.  The cost for such space is included in a $4,000 per-month
fee charged by Focus-Tech for general and administrative services for calendar
year  1996.  Upon closing of the Concurrent Public Offering Flex Financial has
agreed  to  pay  Focus-Tech for general and administrative services which will
include  the cost of the use of office space, facilities and equipment used by
it  on a monthly basis.  Focus-Tech has agreed to make this space available as
long  as  required  for  the  use  of  Flex  Financial.

<PAGE>

Legal  Proceedings.
- ------------------

     Neither  Flex  Financial  nor  any  of  its property is a party to or the
subject  of  any  pending  legal  proceedings.

Financial  Statements.
- ---------------------

     Set  forth  below are the independent auditor's report dated September 9,
1996,  except  for Note D, which the date is November 4, 1996, with respect to
the  Company's  financial statements as of July 31, 1996, and the notes to the
financial  statements.

<PAGE>










                          FLEX FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

                             FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                JULY 31, 1996

<PAGE>



                                     --ooOoo--

                                 C 0 N T E N T S



                                                        Page
                                                    --------

Independent  Auditor's  Report                         FII-2

Balance  Sheet                                         FBI-3

Statement  of  Operations                              FBI-4

Statement  of  Changes  in  Stockholders'  Equity      FBI-5

Statement  of  Cash  Flows                             FBI-6

Notes  to  Financial  Statements                    FBI-7-11


                                     --ooOoo--

<PAGE>

                           INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT





To  the  Stockholders  and  Directors  of
Flex  Financial  Group,  Inc.
(A  Development  Stage  Company)
Houston,  Texas


We  have  audited the accompanying balance sheet of Flex Financial Group, Inc.
(A  Development Stage Company) as of July 31, 1996, and the related statements
of  operations,  changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for the period
August  17,  1995  (date of inception) through July 31, 1996.  These financial
statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company's  management.    Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our  audit.

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.    Those  standards  require  that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit
also  includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant
estimates  made  by  management,  as  well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for  our  opinion.

In  our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Flex Financial Group, Inc. (A
Development Stage Company) at July 31, 1996, and the results of its operations
and  its  cash  flows  for  the period then ended in conformity with generally
accepted  accounting  principles.







Houston,  Texas
September  9,  1996,  except  for  Note  D,
which  the  date  is  November  4,  1996




                                       FBI-2

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            FLEX FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                           (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                                   BALANCE SHEET
                                   JULY 31, 1996

                                      ASSETS
                                      ------

<S>                                                   <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash                                                $   42,220
  Interest receivable                                      1,486
  Notes receivable, related parties                       25,000
  Note receivable                                         10,000
  Loan origination costs, net                              1,250
                                                      -----------

    TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS                                  79,956
                                                      -----------

OTHER ASSETS
  Long-term note receivable, related party                 4,000
                                                      -----------

                                                      $   83,956
                                                      ===========

                 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                 ------------------------------------

CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Accounts payable                                    $       58
  Notes payable                                           50,000
  Interest payable                                         3,822
  Accrued overhead, related party                          8,891
                                                      -----------

    TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES                             62,771
                                                      -----------

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Preferred stock, no par value, 10,000,000 shares
    authorized, none issued and outstanding, rights,
    preferences, qualifications, limitations and
    restrictions and any other benefits to be
    determined by the Board of Directors as provided
    in the corporation's Articles of Incorporation           -0-
  Common stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares
    authorized, 94,000 shares sold and to be issued          940
  Additional paid-in capital                              81,260
  Deficit accumulated during the development stage       (61,015)
                                                      -----------

                                                          21,185
                                                      -----------

                                                      $   83,956
                                                      ===========
</TABLE>






See  accompanying  notes.

                                       FBI-3

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            FLEX FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                           (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                              STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
             AUGUST 17, 1995 (Date of Inception) THROUGH JULY 31, 1996





<S>                                      <C>
INTEREST INCOME                          $    2,278
                                         -----------

EXPENSES
  Advertising                                 2,564
  Consulting expenses                        16,902
  Filing fees                                   510
  Interest expense                            7,572
  Legal and professional fees                 6,100
  Other expenses                                350
  Printing                                    1,295
  Overhead allocation - related party        19,109
  Accrued overhead - related party            8,891
                                         -----------

                                             63,293
                                         -----------

NET LOSS                                 $  (61,015)
                                         ===========

LOSS PER COMMON SHARE                    $     (.71)
                                         ===========

SHARES USED IN COMPUTING LOSS PER SHARE      85,833
                                         ===========
</TABLE>



See  accompanying  notes.

                                      FBI-4

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            FLEX FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                           (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                   STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
             AUGUST 17, 1995 (Date of Inception) THROUGH JULY 31, 1996




                                        Additional
                 Preferred    Common      Paid-In     Retained
                   Stock       Stock      Capital    (Deficit)     Total
                 ----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  ----------
<S>              <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>
Sale of Common

  Stock          $      -0-  $     940  $    81,260  $     -0-   $  82,200

Net Loss                -0-        -0-          -0-    (61,015)    (61,015)
                 ----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  ----------

Balance -
  July 31, 1996  $      -0-  $     940  $    81,260  $ (61,015)  $  21,185
                 ==========  =========  ===========  ==========  ==========
</TABLE>










See  accompanying  notes.

                                       FBI-5

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            FLEX FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                           (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                              STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
             AUGUST 17, 1995 (Date of Inception) THROUGH JULY 31, 1996




<S>                                            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net loss                                      $  (61,015)
                                               -----------

 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
  cash used by operating activities:
   Amortization of loan origination costs, net      3,750
   Change in operating assets and liabilities:
    Interest receivable                            (1,486)
    Accounts payable                                   58
    Interest payable                                3,822
    Accrued overhead, related party                 8,891
                                               -----------

     Total Adjustments                             15,035
                                               -----------

     Net Cash Used by Operating Activities        (45,980)
                                               -----------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Loan origination costs                            (5,000)
 Notes receivable, related parties                (35,000)
 Note receivable                                  (10,000)
 Long-term note receivable, related party          (4,000)
 Collection of note receivable, related party      10,000
                                               -----------

     Net Cash Used by Investing Activities        (44,000)
                                               -----------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Notes payable                                     50,000
 Proceeds from issuance of common stock            87,200
 Stock issuance costs                              (5,000)
                                               -----------

     Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities    132,200
                                               -----------

NET INCREASE IN CASH                               42,220

CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR                             -0-
                                               -----------

CASH AT END OF YEAR                            $   42,220
                                               ===========
</TABLE>






See  accompanying  notes.

                                       FBI-6

<PAGE>

                            FLEX FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                           (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                           NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   JULY 31, 1996

NOTE  A          BASIS  OF  PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
                 POLICIES

Flex  Financial  Group,  Inc.  (A Development Stage Company) (the Company) was
incorporated  in  August  1995  for the purpose of engaging in the business of
providing  loans  to  companies  going  public;  subordinated  equity loans to
underwriters;  and  providing a platform for taking companies public through a
merger/spinoff  transaction.  It is anticipated by management that the Company
will  become  a  publicly  owned  corporation  within  the  near  future.

Merger-Spinoff  -  On  June  30,  1996,  the Company entered into an agreement
- --------------
with  American  Nortel  Communications,  Inc.  (American  Nortel),  a  public
corporation engaged in providing long distance telephone services and owned by
approximately 780 individuals, for a proposed merger-spinoff transaction which
would  create  a  public  market  for  the  Company's  stock.    The  proposed
merger-spinoff  would  be  effected by American Nortel capitalizing a recently
formed  subsidiary  (Flex  Acquisitions  Corporation)  which would sell 20,000
shares  of  $.001  par value common stock to American Nortel for $1,000.  Flex
Acquisitions,  a  company related by common control, has authorized 10 million
shares  of  Common  Stock  with  a par value of $.001 per share and 10 million
shares  of  Preferred  Stock  with no par value.  The preferences, rights, and
qualities  of  each  series  of  the  Preferred  Stock  will  be set by future
resolutions  of  Flex  Acquisitions  Board  of  Directors.    All  currently
outstanding  stock  of  the Company will be canceled and converted into 94,000
shares  of  common  authorized but unissued of Flex Acquisitions.  The Company
has  options  and  warrants  currently  outstanding which will be canceled and
options  and  warrants  on  Flex  Acquisitions'  common  stock  will be issued
according  to  the  plan of merger.  Subsequent to the merger, American Nortel
will  distribute to its shareholders the 20,000 shares of common stock of Flex
Acquisitions  previously  held by American Nortel.  Contemporaneously with the
merger-spinoff,  Flex  Acquisitions will file a registration statement on Form
S-4  with  the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to register  2,094,000
shares of Common Stock and file a registration statement on Form SB-2 with the
SEC  to  register the spin-off of the 20,000 shares by American Nortel and the
sale of 100,000 shares of common stock by Flex Acquisitions.  Of the 2,094,000
shares  of  Common Stock, 2,000,000 will be considered shelf shares for future
issuance  in  association  with  possible  acquisitions.

Management's  Estimates  -  Management  uses  estimates  and  assumptions  in
- -----------------------
preparing  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles.    These estimates and assumptions affect the reported
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities,  and  the  reported  revenues and expenses.  Actual results could
vary  from  the  estimates  that  were  used.

Concentrations  of  Credit  -  Substantially all of  the Company's  loans have
- --------------------------
been  granted  to  related entities and a third party customer of the Company.
The  concentrations  of credit by type of loan are set forth in Notes B and C.

                                                                     Continued

                                       FBI-7

<PAGE>

                          FLEX FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                           (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                           NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   JULY 31, 1996

NOTE  A          BASIS  OF  PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
                 POLICIES  (CONTINUED)

Interest  Rate  Risk  -  The  Company  is  principally  engaged  in  providing
- --------------------
short-term  commercial loans with fixed interest rates.  These loans have been
primarily  funded  through  short-term  notes  payable  and  the  sale  of the
Company's  stock.

Notes  Receivable  -  Notes  receivable are reported  at  the principal amount
- -----------------
outstanding.    Management  is  of  the  opinion  that  all  notes  are  fully
collectible,  therefore,  no  allowance  for  possible credit losses is deemed
necessary.

Allowance  for  Possible Credit Losses - When  deemed  necessary, an allowance
- --------------------------------------
for possible credit losses is established to provide a valuation allowance for
losses  expected  to  be  incurred  on  loans  and other commitments to extend
credit.    All  losses are charged to the allowance for possible credit losses
when  the  loss actually occurs or when a determination is made that a loss is
likely  to  occur.    Recoveries  are credited to the allowance at the time of
recovery.

Throughout  the  year,  management  estimates  the  likely  level of losses to
determine  whether  the  allowance  for  possible  credit  losses, when deemed
necessary, is adequate to absorb anticipated losses in the existing portfolio.
Based  on  these estimates, an amount is charged to the provision for possible
credit  losses  and  credited  to  the allowance for possible credit losses in
order  to  adjust the allowance to a level determined to be adequate to absorb
losses.

Management's judgment as to the level of losses on existing loans involves the
consideration  of  current  and  anticipated  economic  conditions  and  their
potential  effects  on  specific  borrowers;  an  evaluation  of  the existing
rela-tionships  among  loans,  potential loan losses, and the present level of
the  allowance;  and  management's  internal review of the loan portfolio.  In
determining the collectibility of certain loans, management also considers the
fair  value of any underlying collateral.  The amounts ultimately realized may
differ  from the carrying value of these assets because of economic, operating
or  other  conditions  beyond  the  Company's  control.

Statement  of  Cash  Flows  - For purposes of  reporting  cash flows, cash and
- --------------------------
cash  equivalents  includes  only  cash on hand and in demand deposit accounts
with  a  bank.

Fair  Value of Financial Instruments - Management  is  of the opinion that the
- ------------------------------------
carrying  value  of  all  financial instruments is substantially equal to fair
value  at  July  31,  1996.

Loss Per Common Share - Loss per common share is  computed  using the weighted
- ---------------------
average  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding during the period.

                                                                     Continued

                                       FBI-8

<PAGE>

                            FLEX FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                           (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                           NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   JULY 31, 1996

NOTE  A          BASIS  OF  PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
                 POLICIES  (CONTINUED)

Income  Taxes - For the year ended July 31, 1996, the  Company  incurred a net
- -------------
operating  loss  amounting  to  $61,015.  This net operating loss carryforward
will  expire  in  the  year  2011,  if  not  previously  utilized.

No  tax  benefit  for the loss carryforward has been reported in the financial
statements.    Accordingly, the tax benefit of approximately $21,000 resulting
from  the  utilization of the loss carryforward has been offset by a valuation
allowance  of  the  same  amount.

Common  Stock  -  Common  stock  sold is subject to a  subscription  agreement
- -------------
which  provides for, among other things; (1) each purchaser is sold "units" at
a  price  of  $4,800 which includes 1,000 shares of common stock, 2000 Class B
warrants  and  2,000  Class  C  warrants  collectively  referred to as offered
securities; and (2) purchaser of offered securities will not be able to resell
them until and unless the securities are registered pursuant to a registration
statement  and  properly qualified for sale in each jurisdiction.  The Class B
and  Class  C redeemable warrants entitle the holders to purchase one share of
common  stock  for  each  warrant  held  at  $6.25  and  $10.00, respectively.

80,000  shares  of the 94,000 common shares sold and to be issued were sold to
"Founders",  subject  to  a separate subscription agreement at a price of $.25
per  share.    This  subscription  agreement provides the subscribers with the
option  to  purchase  up  to an additional 80,000 common shares at a per share
price  of  $.50.    The  option  for the purchase of additional shares expires
August  31,  1998,  if  not  previously  exercised.


NOTE  B          NOTES  RECEIVABLE,  RELATED  PARTIES

Notes  receivable,  related  parties  are  due from entities related by common
shareholders  consist  of  the  following  at  July  31,  1996.

     Flex  Acquisition  Corporation  -  10%  note,
     convertible  into  common  stock  as  provided  for
     by  the  agreement,  subordinated,  redeemable
     note  receivable,  due  March  31,  1998,  renewable
     for  an  additional  two  year  term,  interest
     due  at  maturity;  unsecured                              $    4,000

Financial  Public  Relations,  Ltd.  -  10%  demand
     note  receivable,  interest  due  at  maturity;
     secured  by  warrant  to  purchase  24,000  shares
     of  common  stock  of  Industrial  Holdings,  Inc.             10,000


                                                                     Continued

                                       FBI-9

<PAGE>

                            FLEX FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                           (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                           NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   JULY 31, 1996

NOTE  B          NOTES  RECEIVABLE,  RELATED  PARTIES  (CONTINUED)

Financial  Public  Relations,  Ltd.  -  10%  demand
     note  receivable,  interest  due  at  maturity;
     secured  by  warrant  to  purchase  24,000  shares
     of  common  stock  of  Industrial  Holdings,  Inc.             10,000

Focus-Tech  Investments,  Inc.  -  two  10%  demand
     notes  receivable,  interest  due  at  maturity;
     secured  by  warrant  to  purchase  24,000  shares
     of  common  stock  of  Industrial  Holdings,  Inc.              5,000
                                                                  --------

                                                                    29,000

     Less  current  portion                                         25,000
                                                                  --------

     Long-term  note  receivable,  related  party                 $  4,000
                                                                  ========

NOTE  C          NOTE  RECEIVABLE

Note  receivable  consists  of  the  following  at  July  31,  1996.

CARETECH,  Inc.  -  10%  unsecured  demand  note
     receivable,  interest  due  at  maturity                     $ 10,000
                                                                  ========


NOTE  D          NOTES  PAYABLE

Notes  payable  consist  of  the  following  at  July  31,  1996:
Two  10%  unsecured,  subordinated  notes  payable
     on  the  earlier  of  (1)  October  15,  1996,  or
     (2)  the  closing  of  a  public  offering  of  the
     Company's  securities  pursuant  to  the  Securities
     Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  representing  gross
     proceeds  of  not  less  than  $60,000;  the  notes
     are  subject  to  subscription  and option agreements        $ 50,000
                                                                  ========


Effective  October  15, 1996, these notes and other agreements were amended to
increase the number of options available and to extend maturity dates to March
31,  1997.





                                      FBI-10

<PAGE>

                            FLEX FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                           (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                           NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   JULY 31, 1996

NOTE  E          RELATED  PARTY  TRANSACTIONS  AND  BALANCES

Transactions  and  balances  with  related individuals and entities related by
common  shareholders  are  as  follows:

Flex Acquisition Corporation

  Interest income/receivable               $   134

Financial Public Relationship, Ltd.
  Interest income                          $ 1,709
  Interest receivable                          917
  Consulting expense                         5,000

Focus-Tech Investments, Inc.
  Interest income/receivable               $    48
  Overhead allocation -
    allocation covers rent, telephone,
    fax, office supplies and expenses,
    postage, repairs, use of furniture,
    and equipment and administration
    management as needed                   $19,109
  Accrual of overhead                        8,891
  Consulting expense                         2,500

M. Stephen Roberts - Attorney at Law;
  initial registered agent
    Legal fees, various corporate matters  $13,550










                                      FBI-11


<PAGE>

                            MANAGEMENT INFORMATION

Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------

        The Company.  The  following  table  shows information as of September
30, 1996 with respect to each beneficial owner of more than 5% of Common Stock
of  the  Company  and  to  each  of  the officers and directors of the Company
individually  and  as  a  group:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             Common Stock Beneficially Owned
                           -----------------------------------
                           Before Merger(1)   After Merger(2)
                           ----------------  -----------------
Name & Address of          No. of  Percent   No. of   Percent
Beneficial Owner           Shares  of Class  Shares  of Class
- -------------------------  ------  --------  ------  ---------
<S>                        <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>
American NorTel            20,000       100       0      0 (3)
 Communications, Inc.
7201 East Camelback Road
Suite 320
Scottsdale, AZ 85251

Officers and Directors          0         0       0      0 (3)
as a Group (1 person
before Merger, 0 persons
after Merger)
<FN>
__________________________
(1)          Before  the  proposed Merger, all 20,000 shares of the issued and
outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  of  the Company are held of record and
beneficially  owned  by  American  NorTel  Communications  Inc.

(2)          After  giving  effect  to  the  Merger  and  Spinoff.

(3)       After allocating 1 share of Common Stock of the Company for each 588
shares  of  common  stock  of  American  NorTel  only to those American NorTel
shareholders  entitled  to  at least five shares, American NorTel will have an
unspecified  number  of the 20,000 Shares remaining representing undistributed
whole  and  fractional share interests.  It is likely that some of such Shares
will  remain  with  American  NorTel  and  not  be  distributed.
__________________________
</TABLE>

     Flex Financial.  The following table  describes  what would be the effect
     --------------
of the Merger between the Company and Flex Financial on the security ownership
of  any  person  who  is  known to the Company to be a person who would be the
beneficial  owner  of  more than 5 percent of the Common Stock of the Company,
the  chief  executive  officer, the directors, and the directors and executive
officers  as  a  group:

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Common Stock Beneficially Owned
                                   --------------------------------------
                                    Before Merger(1)     After Merger(2)
                                   ------------------  ------------------
Name and Address                   No. of  Percent of  No. of  Percent of
of Beneficial Owner                Shares    Class     Shares    Class
- ---------------------------------  ------  ----------  ------  ----------
<S>                                <C>     <C>         <C>     <C>
Financial Public Relations, Ltd.   40,000          43  40,000          35
770 S. Post Oak Lane, Suite 515
Houston, TX 77056
Ruth Shepley                       20,000          21  20,000        17.5
7617 Del Monte
Houston, TX 77063
Lighthouse Resources Inc.          20,000          21  20,000        17.5
43 Bluewater Dr.
Eureka Springs, AK 72632
Officers and Directors                  0           0       0           0
   As group (0 persons)
<FN>
(1)          The  ownership  is  of  record  unless  otherwise  noted.

(2)          After the Merger, Mr. Roberts would be the record owner of 40,000
shares  of  Common  Stock of the Company, would be deemed to be the beneficial
owner  of  40,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company that would be owned of
record  by Financial Public Relations, Ltd. and would be deemed the beneficial
owner  of and hold Class A Options  to purchase an additional 40,000 shares of
Common  Stock  of  the  Company.

(3)     After the Merger, Ms. Shepley would own 20,000 shares of the Company's
Common  Stock  of  record  and  would  hold  Class  A  Options  to purchase an
additional  20,000  shares.

(4)          After the Merger, Lighthouse Resources Inc., an unrelated entity,
would own 20,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock of record and would hold
Class  A  Options  to  purchase  an  additional  20,000  shares.
</TABLE>

Directors,  Executive  Officers  and  Significant  Employees.
- ------------------------------------------------------------

     Set  forth  below are the names, ages, and terms of office of each of the
directors,  executive  officers  and significant employees of both the Company
and  Flex  Financial  and  a  description of the business  experience of each.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Office Held  Term of
Person                          Office         Since     Office
- ---------------------------  -------------  -----------  -------
<S>                          <C>            <C>          <C>
Flex Financial:
- ---------------------------
     Michael T. Fearnow, 52  Director,             1995    10-97
                             President and         1995    10-97
                             Secretary             1995    10-97
The Company:
- ---------------------------
     Michael T. Fearnow, 52  Director,             1996     3-97
                             President and         1996     3-97
                             Secretary             1996     3-97
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

     Michael  T.  Fearnow.  Mr. Fearnow  has  been  an  independent securities
     --------------------
consultant  to  small  to  medium-sized  growth  companies  in  the  field  of
investment  banking transactions, financial and broker relations, and publicly
underwritten securities since 1987.  Mr. Fearnow obtained a degree in Business
Administration from the University of Kansas in 1967.  He began his investment
banking  career as an account executive with Merrill Lynch in 1972 and by 1978
had  become  a  Senior  Account  Executive  and Product Manager for new issues
underwriting.    In  1978  Mr.  Fearnow was a co-founder of Porcari, Fearnow &
Associates,  Inc.,  a  full service NASD broker-dealer.  He served as chairman
from  1978  to  1987  and  structured  and  participated in financing numerous
private  placements,  public  underwritings,  venture capital transactions and
tax-sheltered  investments  and specialized in areas of financial planning and
due  diligence.

     M.  Stephen  Roberts.   Mr. Roberts  is  an attorney licensed to practice
     --------------------
in  Texas and Louisiana and has been engaged in the private practice of law as
a  sole  practitioner  since  1968.    He  obtained  a  B.A. in Economics from
Louisiana State University, a Juris Doctor from the Louisiana State University
Law  School  and  an L.L.M. in taxation from the Southern Methodist University
Law  School.    Since  1977,  Mr.  Roberts'  practice has been concentrated in
corporate, tax, securities and investment banking  related fields; syndication
of  general  and  limited  partnership  interests  and  corporate  securities,
including financing involving private placements, initial public offerings and
capital  restructures;  corporate,  securities  law, accounting, financing and
business aspects of acquisitions including mergers and purchases of assets and
stock;  and  the acquisition, development, use and disposition of interests in
real  property.

Remuneration  of  Directors  and  Officers.
- ------------------------------------------

     The  Company.
     ------------

     Mr.  Fearnow,  the sole officer and director of the Company, is receiving
no compensation during 1996 for his services for the Company.  No compensation
is  proposed to be paid to any officer or director of the Company prior to the
proposed  Merger  with  Flex  Financial.

     Flex  Financial.

          Mr.  Fearnow, the sole officer and director of the Company, received
no compensation during 1995 for his services for the Company.  He is receiving
no compensation during 1996 for his services for the Company.  No compensation
is  proposed to be paid to any officer or director of the Company prior to the
proposed Merger with Flex Financial.   Should the Merger be effected, he shall
become  the  director of the post-Merger Company.  There are no present plans,
arrangements,  or understandings concerning any change in compensation for him
after  the  Merger,  should  the  Merger  be  effected.

          The  following  sets  forth  the  1995  remuneration  of  the  chief
executive  officer  of  Flex  Financial  and  the  1996  remuneration payments
proposed to be made to the three highest paid persons who are officers of Flex
Financial,  among  whom  the  president  is  one:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name of                                        Securities
Individual                                     Underlying
or group            Capacity   Year  Salary   Stock Options
- ------------------  ---------  ----  -------  -------------
<S>                 <C>        <C>   <C>      <C>
Michael T. Fearnow  President  1995  $  0.00              0
</TABLE>

___________________________

<PAGE>

     Stock  Options.
     --------------

          The  Company  has  granted  no  stock  options.

Interest  of  Management  and  Others  in  Certain  Transactions.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------

     The  Company  has  entered  into  a  financial  consulting agreement with
Financial  Public Relations, Ltd. pursuant to which FPR will render investment
banking  consulting  services  to  the  Company.    Mr. Roberts is the general
partner    and  owner  of  FPR.    Mr.  Fearnow  is  a principal of Focus-Tech
Investments,  Inc.,  a  Nevada  corporation,  that provides investment banking
consulting  services  to  FPR.   Under the terms of the agreement, the Company
paid  FPR  an  initial  retainer  of $5,000 plus certain fees, commissions and
carried  interests  in transactions entered into by the Company.  The services
rendered  to  the  Company  by  FPR  will be primarily for the services of and
provided  through  Messrs.  Roberts  and  Fearnow.

     Flex  Financial  currently shares a portion of approximately 3,000 square
feet  of  office space in premises occupied by Focus-Tech Investments, Inc. at
770  S.  Post  Oak  Lane,  Suite  515, Houston, Texas 77056.  Mr. Fearnow is a
principal of Focus-Tech Investments, Inc., a Nevada corporation, that provides
investment  banking  consulting services to FPR.  Flex Financial believes that
such  space  and  services  will  be  adequate  for  the  business of the Flex
Financial into the foreseeable future.  The cost for such space is included in
a  $4,000  per-month  fee charged by Focus-Tech for general and administrative
services.    Upon closing of the Concurrent Public Offering Flex Financial has
agreed  to  pay  Focus-Tech  the  direct costs attributed to its use of office
space,  facilities  and equipment.  Focus-Tech will invoice Flex Financial for
such  direct  costs.  Focus-Tech has agreed to make this space, facilities and
equipment  available  as  long as required for the use of  the Flex Financial.
Focus-Tech,  Mr. Fearnow and FPR have agreed that the aggregate amount of cash
compensation and considerations described in this paragraph payable out of the
proceeds  of  the  Concurrent  Public Offering shall not exceed 20% of the net
proceeds  of  the  Offering    unless  payable  out of the Company's earnings.

     In    connection  with  organizing  the  Company,  FPR,  a  Texas limited
partnership  wholly controlled by Mr. Roberts, paid an aggregate of $10,000 to
purchase a total of 40,000 shares of Common Stock at an average sales price of
$.25  per  share.    FPR delivered its promissory note in the principal sum of
$10,000,  payable  on  demand  and  bearing interest at 10%, to the Company in
payment  for the shares.  On July 31, 1996 FPR paid all principle and interest
due  on  said  note.

     In  February  and  March  1996  FPR  borrowed $20,000 from Flex Financial
evidenced  by  two  promissory  notes  bearing  interest at 10% and secured by
marketable  securities  valued  in excess of $100,000.  Both notes were repaid
with  interest  on  November  15,  1996.

     From  February  through August 1996 Focus-Tech borrowed $13,000 from Flex
Financial  evidenced  by  four  promissory  notes  bearing interest at 10% and
secured by marketable securities valued in excess of $100,000.  All four notes
were  repaid  with  interest  on  November  15,  1996.

<PAGE>

     The  Company  and  Flex  Financial  has  retained Mr. Roberts for various
securities  matters  relating  to  its  contemplated  IPO for which it paid an
initial retainer of $5,000 plus hourly fees ranging form $50 to $150 per hour.
The  Company  believes  that these services will be rendered on terms at least
as  favorable  as it could obtain from unaffiliated persons.  In addition, Mr.
Roberts  has and will act as corporate general counsel and has and will render
legal  services  regarding  various  corporate  matters  related  thereto.

Parents.
- -------

     The  direct parent of the Company is American NorTel Communications Inc.,
which  owns  all  the  issued  and  outstanding  stock  of  the  Company.   No
shareholder  of American NorTel owns sufficient stock to exercise control over
Flex  Financial  through  stock  ownership.

     The parents of Flex Financial are its board of directors.  No shareholder
of  Flex  Financial  owns  sufficient  stock  to  exercise  control  over Flex
Financial  through  stock  ownership.

                                 UNDERWRITING

     The  Underwriting  Agreement,  a  copy  of  which has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement
provides  in  part  as  follows:

     The  Company  has  agreed  to  pay ________________ (the "Underwriter" or
"Representative")  a nonaccountable expense allowance of 3% of the sales price
of  all  Units  sold  in  this  offering  from  referrals by the Company and a
commission  of  10%  and a nonaccountable expense allowance of 3% of the sales
price  of  all  other Units sold in this offering.  The nonaccountable expense
allowance  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  $18,000  on  all  Units  sold.

     The  obligation  of  the  Underwriter  to offer Units described herein is
subject  to  (a)  the  accuracy  of  the representations and warranties of the
Company  contained  in  the  Underwriting  Agreement,  (b)  performance by the
Company  of  its  obligations  contained herein, (c) approval of certain legal
matters  by  the  Underwriter  or  counsel  for  the  Underwriter  and (d) the
condition, among others, that a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 shall have
become  effective  with  the  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange Commission.  The
Underwriter  has  agreed  to  cross-indemnify  the  Company  regarding certain
matters.    In  the  opinion  of  the Securities and Exchange Commission, such
indemnification  is  contrary  to  public policy and therefore, unenforceable.

     The  Company  is  offering  a  minimum  of  20,000 Units and a maximum of
100,000  Units at a purchase price of $6.00 per Unit.  The Company has entered
into an Underwriting Agreement with ________________________.  The Underwriter
has  made  no  commitment  to  sell  any  of  the  Units offered hereby and no
assurance  is  given  than  any of the Units offered hereby will be sold.  The
Underwriter  has  agreed  to  use its "best efforts" to sell the Units offered
hereby.

     The  Underwriter has the option to utilize other broker-dealers to assist
in  the  underwriting  of this issue.  At the date hereof, the Underwriter has
not organized a group to conduct selling efforts with respect to the Company's
Units.   In the event such group is formed, the Underwriter intends to reallow
participating  broker-dealers  100%  of  the full 10% underwriting commission,
i.e.  $0.60  per  Unit.

     The  proceeds from the sale of Units will be held in an Escrow Account at
Southwest Bank of Texas, N.A., Houston, Texas, until a minimum of 20,000 Units
have  been  sold.   If at least 20,000 Units are not sold by 120 days from the
date  of  this Prospectus, which date may be extended for an additional period
of  60  days  by  the  Company  and  Underwriter,  the  proceeds received from
investors  will be promptly refunded to the investors in full without interest
thereon  and  or deduction of any kind therefrom, such as sales commissions or
expenses of the offering.  Until the proceeds from the sale of at least 20,000
Units  are deposited in escrow investors will not be security holders nor able
to  demand  return  of  their  subscription  proceeds.

<PAGE>

     All  purchasers'  checks  should  be  made  payable to "Flex Acquisitions
Corporation  -Escrow  Account."  Certificates  evidencing  Common  Stock  and
Warrants will be issued to purchasers only if the proceeds from the sale of at
least  20,000  Units  are  actually  deposited  in  escrow and released to the
Company pursuant to the Escrow Agreement.  Until such time as the proceeds are
actually  received  by  the  Company  and  the  certificates  delivered to the
purchasers  thereof,  such  purchasers  will  be  deemed  subscribers  and not
security  holders  of the Company.  During the selling period, purchasers will
have no right to demand return of their subscription proceeds.  If the minimum
proceeds  are    successfully  obtained,  the Offering will be continued until
completed,  until  the maximum period of the Offering has elapsed or until the
Offering is terminated by the Company and Underwriter, whichever occurs first.

     The  foregoing  is  a  summary  of  some of the terms of the Underwriting
Agreement  which  summary  does  not  purport  to  be  complete, and is deemed
amplified  in  all respects by reference to the Underwriting Agreement, copies
of  which  may  be examined in the offices of the Company, the Underwriter and
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  Washington, D.C.  See "Additional
Information."

                                PLAN OF MERGER

     Set  forth  below is a copy of the Plan of Merger between the Company and
Flex  Financial  Group,  Inc.:


                           PLAN AND AGREEMENT OF MERGER

     PLAN  AND  AGREEMENT  OF  MERGER, dated as of July 1, 1996,  between FLEX
ACQUISITIONS  CORPORATION,  a  Texas  corporation  ("FAC")  and FLEX FINANCIAL
GROUP, INC., a Texas corpora-tion ("FLEX FINANCIAL"); (all collectively called
the  "Constituent  Corporations").

     The Boards of Directors of the Constituent Corporations deem it advisable
for  the general welfare of the Constituent Corpora-tions and their respective
stockholders  that  the  Constituent  Cor-porations  merge  into  a  single
corporation  pursuant  to  this  Agree-ment and the Texas Business Corporation
Act.

     The  parties  hereby  agree  as  follows:

1.       MERGER  AND  MODE  OF  CARRYING  IT  INTO  EFFECT
         -------------------------------------------------

      1.1     Merger.     The  Constituent  Corporations  will  be  at  the
              ------
Effective Date in the manner authorized and prescribed  by the Texas  Business
Corporation Act, merged into a single  corporation,  which  corporation is FAC
(hereinafter  sometimes  called the  "Surviving Corporation"), and the parties
hereby adopt  the agreements,  terms and conditions relating to the Merger and
the  mode  of  carrying  the same into ef-fect, which the parties covenant  to
observe,  keep  and  perform,  set  forth  in  this  Agreement.

<PAGE>

      1.2     Effecting the Merger.  This  Agreement will  be  consummated and
              --------------------
the Merger effected by the filing of  Articles of Merger  as required by Texas
law, with  the  Secretary  of State of the State of Texas, whereupon as of the
Effective Date the  separate  corporate existence of Flex Financial will cease
and  Flex  Financial  will  be merged with and into the Surviving Corporation.

      1.3     Effective Date.  As  used  in  this  Agreement,  the  term
              --------------
"Effective Date" means the date Articles of  Merger  will have been filed with
the Secretary of State of  the  State  of  Texas,  after  satisfaction  of the
requirements of the applicable law of such state prerequi-site to such filing.

      1.4     Articles of Merger.  Upon  the  approval  of  the  merger by the
              ------------------
shareholders of FAC and by the shareholders of Flex Financial, the officers of
FAC shall file with the Secretary of  State of  the State of Texas Articles of
Merger  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Article  5.04 of the Texas Business
Corporation Act; provided, however, that at any  time prior  to the filing  of
such Articles of Merger with the Secretary of State of Texas,  the Plan may be
terminated  by  the  board  of  directors  of  Flex Financial  notwithstanding
approval of this Agreement  by the stockholders  of  Flex Financial or of FAC.

2.     ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION; BYLAWS; DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
       ---------------------------------------------------------

      2.1     Articles of Incorporation.  The  Articles  of  Incorporation  of
              -------------------------
FAC in effect on the date of this Agreement and the Effective Date will be the
Articles  of  Incorporation  of  the  Surviving  Corporation  until altered or
amended  as  provided  therein  and  by  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Texas.

      2.2     Bylaws.  The  bylaws of FAC  on the Effective Date of the merger
              ------
shall  be  the  bylaws  of  the  Surviving  Corporation.

      2.3     Directors.  The  entire  Board  of  Directors  of  the Surviving
              ---------
Corporation will consist of those persons who comprise the  Board of Directors
of FAC on the Effective Date; who, subject to the provisions  of the bylaws of
the Surviving Corporation and the laws of the State of Texas  will hold office
until the first an-nual meeting of stockholders  of the Surviving  Corporation
held subsequent to the  Effective Date  or until  their respective suc-cessors
are  elected  and  qualified.

      2.4     Officers.  The  principal  officers  of  the  Surviving
              --------
Corporation,  from  and  after  the  Effective Date of the merger shall be the
persons  acting  as  the principal officers of FAC on the Effective Date; who,
subject  to  the provisions of the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation and the
laws  of  the  State of Texas, will hold office until the first meeting of the
Board  of  Directors following the first annual meeting of stockholders of the
Surviving  Corporation  held  subsequent  to the Effective Date or until their
respective  successors  are  elected  and  qualified.

3.     APPROVAL OF MERGER
       ------------------

<PAGE>

      3.1     Stockholder Approvals.    This  Agreement  shall  be  submitted
              ---------------------
separately  to  the shareholders of the Constituent Corporations in the manner
provided  by  the  laws of the State of Texas for approval and pursuant to any
applicable  federal  securities  laws.

4.     CONVERSION AND ISSUE OF SECURITIES.
       ----------------------------------

      The  manner  of  converting  the  shares  of  each  of  the  Constituent
Corporations  into  securities  of  the  Surviving  Corporation  and  re-lated
provisions  are  as  follows:

      A.     All shares  of  capital  stock  of  Flex Financial which shall be
issued and outstanding on the Effective  Date shall, on the Effective Date, be
canceled and shall be converted  into that  number of  shares of Common Stock,
par  value  $0.001  per  share,  of  FAC.

      B.     All 20,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of
FAC  which shall be outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date shall,
on the Effective Date, continue to be outstanding.

      C.     All  warrants  and  options  of  Flex  Financial  which  shall be
outstanding  on  the Effective  Date shall, on the Effective Date, be canceled
and shall  be  converted into warrants and options of FAC of equivalent tenor.

5.     CERTAIN EFFECTS OF THE MERGER
       -----------------------------

      At the Effective Date, the separate existence and corporate organization
of  Flex  Financial,  except  insofar as it may be continued by statute, shall
cease  and  FAC  shall  continue  as  the  Surviving  Corporation, which shall
succeed,  without other transfer or further act or deed whatsoever, to all the
rights,  property  and  assets  of  the  Constituent Corporations and shall be
subject  to  and  liable for all the debts and liabilities of each; otherwise,
its identity, existence, purposes, rights, immunities, properties, liabilities
and  obligations  shall  be  unaffected and unimpaired by the Merger except as
expressly  provided  herein.

6.     TAX TREATMENT
       -------------

      The merger of FAC and Flex Financial shall be accomplished as a tax-free
reorganization as defined in Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended.

             Executed on the 1st day of July, 1996, at Houston, Texas.

                          FLEX FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

                          By: /S/ Michael T. Fearnow
                              ----------------------
                                  MICHAEL T. FEARNOW, President

                          FLEX ACQUISITIONS CORPORATION

                          By: /S/ M. Stephen Roberts
                              ----------------------
                                  M. Stephen Roberts, President

<PAGE>

                                                          ALTERNATE PROSPECTUS

                        FLEX ACQUISITIONS CORPORATION
                            (a Texas corporation)

                        20,000 Shares of Common Stock
                        (Par Value, $0.001 per Share)

   (These 20,000 Shares are for the account of a Distributing Shareholder)

     Flex  Acquisitions  Corporation  ("Company")  is registering, by means of
this  prospectus,  20,000 shares of Common stock to be distributed by American
NorTel  Communications,  Inc. ("American NorTel"), the corporate parent of the
Company,  to its shareholders by dividend (the "Spinoff").  Any closing of the
Units  offering  is conditioned upon the consummation of certain transactions,
including  the  merger  of  the Company and another corporation with a similar
name,  Flex  Financial Group, Inc. ("Flex Financial").  The proposed Merger is
being  registered  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange Commission ("the SEC")
simultaneously  with the registration of the offering of Units and the Spinoff
described  herein.    See  "SUMMARY  OF  PROPOSED  TRANSACTIONS."

     Concurrently  with  the  Spinoff,  the Company is offering, by means of a
separate  prospectus,  100,000  Units,  each  Unit  consisting of one share of
common stock, $.001 par value ("Common Stock"), and four Common Stock purchase
warrants  ("Class  B  Warrants"  and  "Class  C  Warrants",  collectively, the
"Warrants").    The  shares of Common Stock and Warrants included in the Units
are  immediately  detachable, separately transferable and separately tradeable
as  of  the  date  of  this Prospectus.  The Units will not be tradeable.  All
Units  offered  hereby  are  being  sold  by  the Company. See "_____________"

     Prior  to  this  offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock  or  Warrants  and  there  can  be  no assurance that such a market will
develop  after  the completion of this offering or, if developed, that it will
be  sustained.    The  initial  public  offering  price  of the Shares and the
Warrants  and  the  exercise  price  and other terms of the Warrants have been
arbitrarily  determined  by the Company and will not necessarily be related to
the assets, book value or any other established criterion of value.  See "Risk
Factors"  and  "Underwriting".

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE  SECURITIES  OFFERED  HEREBY  INVOLVE  A  HIGH  DEGREE OF RISK.  SEE "RISK
FACTORS."
                     ____________________________________

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION
OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF
THIS  PROSPECTUS.    ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                     ____________________________________

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Underwriting     Proceeds to
                       Price to    Discounts and      Issuer or
                       Recipient    Commissions    Other Person(1)
- --------------------  -----------  --------------  ----------------
<S>                   <C>          <C>             <C>
Per Share             $    .04(2)  $            0  $            .04
- --------------------  -----------  --------------  ----------------
Total: 20,000 Shares  $ 800.00(3)  $            0  $         800.00
- --------------------  -----------  --------------  ----------------
<FN>

                                                      (Continued on next page)

<PAGE>

            The date of this Prospectus is _________________, 1996

(1)The  estimated expenses of the transaction described herein are $10,000 all
of  which  is  being borne by Flex Financial Group, Inc. ("Flex Financial"), a
corporation  with  whom  the  Company  proposes  to merge.  These expenses are
primarily  federal  and  state  registration  fees  and  legal  fees.

(2)Based  upon  the  book  value  of  Flex  Financial  on  July  31,  1996.

(3)These  20,000  Shares  are  owned  by  American NorTel Communications, Inc.
("American  NorTel"),  a  shareholder  of  the  Company.  These Shares will be
distributed  to  an  escrow  agent  (the  "Spinoff")  for  distribution to the
approximately  780  shareholders  of  American  NorTel  at  such time as (i) a
proposed  merger  (the "Merger") between the Company and Flex Financial Group,
Inc.,  a  Texas  corporation  ("Flex Financial") should be effected, (ii) this
Prospectus  is  supplemented to indicate the date the Merger was effected, and
(iii)  information  concerning  the  surviving  Company  shall  have been made
available  to  the  public  and the National Association of Securities Dealers
member  firms.    See  "The  Escrow  Arrangement."
</TABLE>

     The Company is not a "reporting company," as such term is employed in the
Securities  Exchange  Act  of 1934.  It is not listed on any exchange, and its
Common  Stock  is  not  eligible  for quotation on the NASDAQ Small-Cap Market
("NADSAQ").    There presently is no public market for the Common Stock of the
Company,  and there can be no assurance that such a market will develop or can
be  sustained should there be a completion of the proposed Merger.  Should the
proposed  Merger  not  be  effected,  there  will  be no public market for the
securities  of the Company because of the above-described escrow arrangement.
See  "Summary  of  Proposed  Transaction  -  The  Escrow  Arrangement."

<PAGE>

                                                     ALTERNATE PROSPECTUS PAGE


                             CONCURRENT OFFERING

     The  Registration  Statement,  of  which  this  Prospectus  form  a part,
contains  a  separate  prospectus  with  respect to a concurrent offering (the
"Concurrent  Offering")  by the Company of 100,000 Units, each Unit consisting
of  one  share  of  common  stock,  $.001 par value ("Common Stock"), and four
Common  Stock  purchase  warrants  ("Class B Warrants" and "Class C Warrants",
collectively,  the  "Warrants").

<PAGE>

                                   PART II

Other  Expenses  of  Issuance  and  Distribution.
- ------------------------------------------------

     The  following  table  sets  forth  the  costs  and  expenses, other than
underwriting  commissions  and  the nonaccountable expense allowance.  None of
the  expenses  are  being  paid  by the distributing security holder, American
NorTel  Communications,  Inc.    All expenses are being paid by Flex Financial
Group,  Inc.,  the  Company  with  which  the  Registrant  proposes to Merger.

          Item                Amount
          ----                ------
Registration fees           $ 3,000
Escrow agent's fee            1,750
Stock transfer agent's fee    4,000
Printing and engraving        5,000  (1)
Postage                       4,000  (1)
Legal                        35,000
Accounting                   10,000
Moodys publication fee        3,500
                            $66,250
   (1)   Estimate

Indemnification  of  Directors  and  Officers.
- ---------------------------------------------

     There  is  set  forth in the Prospectus under "Terms of the Transaction -
Indemnification  for  Securities Act Liabilities" a description of the laws of
Texas  with  respect to the indemnification of officers, directors, and agents
of  corporations  incorporated  in  Texas.

     The  Company  has  charter provisions and bylaw provisions that insure or
indemnify,  to  the  full  extent  allowed  by  the  laws of Texas, directors,
officers,  employees, agents or persons serving in similar capacities in other
enterprises  at  the  request  of  the  Company.

     To  the  extent  of  the  indemnification  rights  provided  by the Texas
statutes  and  provided by the Company's charter and bylaws, and to the extent
of  the  Company's  abilities  to  meet  such indemnification obligations, the
officers,  directors and agents of the Company would be beneficially affected.

Recent  Sales  of  Unregistered  Securities.
- -------------------------------------------

     On  March  31,  1996,  the Registrant issued its convertible subordinated
redeemable  note  ("Flex  Note")  in  the  principal  sum  of  $4,000  to Flex
Financial.    The Flex Note bears 10% interest with principal and interest due
March  31,  1998 and is convertible into Common Stock at a conversion price of
$.05  per  share.  If the Merger is consummated the Flex Note be eliminated as
part  of  the  transaction.  If the Merger or any other merger is not effected
within 18 months of the effective date of the S-4 registration statement, Flex
Financial has agreed to convert the Flex Note into Common Stock of the Company
and  exercise  its  voting  rights  to  cause  a  dissolution  of the Company.

<PAGE>

     On  September  1,  1996 the Registrant issued 20,000 shares of its Common
Stock to its corporate parent, American NorTel Communications, Inc., a Wyoming
corporation,  for  a cash consideration of  $1,000 received on April 12, 1996.
This  is  the only issuance of Common Stock by the Registrant, which remains a
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  American  NorTel  Communications,  Inc.

     There  was  no  underwriter,  and  the securities were not offered to any
person  other  than  American  NorTel  Communications,  Inc.

     The  securities  were  not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 in
reliance  upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the
Securities  Act.  It is believed that Congress never intended, in enacting the
Securities  Act,  that  a corporation needs the protection of the registration
provisions  of  the Securities Act when it organizes a wholly-owned subsidiary
corporation  whose directions and policies will be established and governed by
the  corporate  parent.

     The  following  is  a summary of the transactions by Flex Financial since
its  incorporation  on August 17, 1995, involving sales of its securities that
were  not  registered  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as amended (the
"Securities  Act"):

     In  October, 1995, the founding shareholders of Flex Financial (Financial
Public  Relations,  Ltd., Ruth Shepley and Lighthouse Resources Inc.) received
80,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  for a consideration of $.25 per share.  The
issuance  of these 80,000 shares was deemed exempt from registration under the
Securities  Act  in  reliance  on  Section 4(2) of such Act.  In addition, the
recipients  of  the  80,000 shares of founders' Common Stock represented their
intentions  to  acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view
to  or  for  sale  in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate
legends  were  affixed  to  the  share  certificates.

     On or about October 31, 1995, Flex Financial closed a $50,000 bridge loan
with  two  investors.    Flex Financial issued $50,000 principal amount of 10%
subordinated  notes ("Notes") and Unit Purchase Options ("Option Units").  The
Option  Units  entitle the holders to purchase such number of equivalent units
of the Company's securities as may be offered in an initial public offering at
an  aggregate  offering  price  of  a t least $60,000 pursuant to an effective
registration statement filed under the Securities Act and that closes prior to
June  30, 1996.  The number of equivalent units purchasable at a price of $.50
per  unit  is  determined  by  dividing  the  IPO unit offering price into the
principal  amount  of  Notes.  Effective October 15, 1996, the Notes and other
agreements  were  amended to increase the number of Option Units available and
to  extend maturity dates to March 31, 1997.  Issuance of the Notes and Option
Units  were  deemed  exempt  from  registration  under  the  Securities Act in
reliance  on  Section  4(2)  of  such Act.  In addition, the recipients of the
notes  and  options represented their intentions to acquire the securities for
investment  only  and  not  with  a view to or for sale in connection with any
distribution  thereof  and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities.

     On  or  about April 21, 1996, Flex Financial closed a $67,200 offering of
14,000  Units,  each  Unit  consisting  of  1 share of Common Stock, 2 Class B
Warrants  and 2 Class C Warrants.  The issuance of the 14,000 shares of Common
Stock  at  $4.80  per  share  were  deemed  exempt from registration under the
Securities  Act  in reliance on Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act.

     All  recipients  had  adequate  access  to  information  about  the  Flex
Financial,  and  the  recipients  represented  their intentions to acquire the
securities  for  investment  only  and  not  with  a  view  to  or for sale in
connection  with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed
to the share certificates.  Flex Financial believes that all of the purchasers
of  the  Common  Stock  in  this  offering  at  $4.80 per Unit were accredited
investors  as  defined  in  Rule  501  promulgated  under  the Securities Act.

<PAGE>

Exhibits  and  Financial  Statement  Schedules.
- ----------------------------------------------

     Separately  bound  but  filed  as  part  of  this  Form SB-2 Registration
Statement  are  the  following  exhibits.    There  are no financial statement
schedules  required  by  Regulation  S-B.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit Item
- ------------
<C>              <S>
         1.1  -  Form of Underwriting Agreement(1)
         2.1  -  Agreement of Merger of July 1, 1996 between Flex
                 Acquisitions Corporation And Flex Financial Group, Inc.
         2.2  -  Business Combination-Spinoff Agreement of June 30, 1996
                 among Flex Acquisitions Corporation; Flex Financial Group,
                 Inc.; and American NorTel Communications, Inc.
         3.1  -  Certificate of Incorporation of Flex Acquisitions
                 Corporation
         3.2  -  Certificate of Incorporation of Flex Financial Group, Inc.
                 and amendments thereto.
         3.3  -  Bylaws of Flex Acquisitions Corporation
         3.4  -  Bylaws of Flex Financial Group, Inc.
         4.1  -  Form of Class B Redeemable Common Stock Purchase
                 Warrant(1)
         4.2  -  Form of Class C Redeemable Common Stock Purchase
                 Warrant(1)
         4.3  -  Form of Class A Unit Purchase Options(1)
         4.4  -  Form of Common Stock Purchase Options(1)
         5.1  -  Opinion of M. Stephen Roberts, Esq., as to the legality
                 of the securities covered by the Form S-4 and Form SB-2
                 Registration Statements(1)
         8.1  -  Opinion of M. Stephen Roberts, Esq., as to tax matters and
                 tax consequences to the shareholders(1)
        10.1  -  Escrow Agreement among Flex Acquisitions Corporation;
                 American NorTel Communications, Inc., and Southwest Bank
                 of Texas N.A.
        10.2  -  Agreement of Flex Financial relating to compliance with
                 S.E.C. Rule 419(1)
        23.1  -  Consent of M. Stephen Roberts, Esq., to the reference to
                 him as an attorney who has passed upon certain information
                 contained in the Prospectus Statement
        23.2  -  Consent of Harper & Pearson Company, independent auditors
                 of Flex Acquisitions Corporation
        23.3  -  Consent of Harper & Pearson Company, independent auditors
                 of Flex Financial Group, Inc.
        27.1  -  Financial Data Schedule
<FN>
     (1)          To  be  filed  by  amendment.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

UNDERTAKINGS
     Flex  Acquisitions  Corporation  will:

          1.          File,  during  any  period  in  which it offers or sells
securities,  a  post-effective  amendment  to  this registration statement to:

                 i)     include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of
the  Securities  Act;

                ii)     reflect  in  the prospectus any facts or events which,
individually or together, represent a fundamental change in the information in
the  registration  statement;  and

               iii)     include any additional or changed material information
on  the  plan  of  distribution.


          2.        For determining liability under this Securities Act, treat
each  post-effective  amendment  as  a  new  registration  statement  of  the
securities  offered, and the offering of the securities at that time to be the
initial  bona  fide  offering.

          3.       File a post-effective amendment to remove from registration
any  of  the  securities  that  remain  unsold  at  the  end  of the offering.

     Insofar  as  indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act  of  1933  ("the  Act")  may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and
controlling persons of Flex Acquisitions Corporation pursuant to the foregoing
provisions,  or otherwise, Flex Acquisitions Corporation has been advised that
in  the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification
is  against  public  policy  as  expressed  in  the  Act  and  is,  therefore,
unenforceable.

     In  the  event  that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities
(other  than the payment by Flex Acquisitions Corporation of expenses incurred
or  paid  by  a  director,  officer or controlling person of Flex Acquisitions
Corporation  in  the  successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
asserted  by  such  director, officer or controlling person in connection with
the securities being registered, Flex Acquisitions Corporation will, unless in
the  opinion  of  its  counsel  the  matter  has  been  settled by controlling
precedent,  submit  to  a  court  of  jurisdiction  the  question whether such
indemnification  by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act  and  will  be  governed  by  the  final  adjudication  of  such  issue.

     Flex  Acquisitions  Corporation  hereby undertakes to respond to requests
for  information  that  is incorporated by reference into the Prospectus-Proxy
Statement  pursuant to Item 4 of this Form, within one business day of receipt
of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or
other  equally prompt means.  This includes information contained in documents
filed  subsequent  to the effective date of the registration statement through
the  date  of  responding  to  the  request.

     Flex  Acquisitions  Corporation hereby undertakes to supply by means of a
post-effective  amendment  all  information  concerning a transaction, and the
company  being  acquired  involved  therein,  that  was not the subject of and
included  in  the  registration  statement  when  it  became  effective.

<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  the
registrant  has  duly  caused  this registration statement to be signed on its
behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized, in Houston, Texas on
November  26,  1996.

                              FLEX  ACQUISITIONS  CORPORATION



                              By:  /S/  Michael  T.  Fearnow
                                   Michael  T.  Fearnow,  President


     Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933, this
registration  statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons in the
capacities  and  on  the  dates  indicated.

                              FLEX  ACQUISITIONS  CORPORATION


                              By:  /S/  Michael  T.  Fearnow
                                   Michael  T.  Fearnow,  President
                                   Director and Principal Financial
                                         Officer


                              Date:  November  26,  1996

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        FLEX ACQUISITIONS CORPORATION
                                EXHIBIT INDEX
                                      TO
                                  FORM SB-2
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT



Exhibit No.  Description                                                  Page
<C>          <S>                                                          <C>

        1.1  Form of Underwriting Agreement(1)
        2.1  Agreement of Merger of July 1, 1996 between Flex
             Acquisitions Corporation And Flex Financial Group, Inc.
        2.2  Business Combination-Spinoff Agreement of June 30, 1996
             among Flex Acquisitions Corporation; Flex Financial Group,
             Inc.; and American NorTel Communications, Inc.
        3.1  Certificate of Incorporation of Flex Acquisitions
             Corporation
        3.2  Certificate of Incorporation of Flex Financial Group, Inc.
             and amendments thereto.
        3.3  Bylaws of Flex Acquisitions Corporation
        3.4  Bylaws of Flex Financial Group, Inc.
        4.1  Form of Class B Redeemable Common Stock Purchase
             Warrant(1)
        4.2  Form of Class C Redeemable Common Stock Purchase
             Warrant(1)
        4.3  Form of Class A Unit Purchase Options(1)
        4.4  Form of Common Stock Purchase Options(1)
        5.1  Opinion of M. Stephen Roberts, Esq., as to the legality of
             the securities covered by the Form S-4 and Form SB-2
             Registration Statements(1)
        8.1  Opinion of M. Stephen Roberts, Esq., as to tax matters and
             tax consequences to the shareholders(1)
       10.1  Escrow Agreement among Flex Acquisitions Corporation;
             American NorTel Communications, Inc., and Southwest Bank
             of Texas N.A.
       10.2  Agreement of Flex Financial relating to compliance with
             S.E.C. Rule 419(1)
       23.1  Consent of M. Stephen Roberts, Esq., to the reference to
             him as an attorney who has passed upon certain information
             contained in the Prospectus
       23.2  Consent of Harper & Pearson Company, independent auditors
             of Flex Acquisitions Corporation
       23.3  Consent of Harper & Pearson Company, independent auditors
             of Flex Financial Group, Inc.
       27.1  Financial Data Schedule

<FN>
     (1)To  be  filed  by  amendment.
</TABLE>







<PAGE>
                                                                  EXHIBIT 2.1
                         PLAN AND AGREEMENT OF MERGER

     PLAN  AND  AGREEMENT  OF  MERGER, dated as of July 1, 1996,  between FLEX
ACQUISITIONS  CORPORATION,  a  Texas  corporation  ("FAC")  and FLEX FINANCIAL
GROUP, INC., a Texas corpora-tion ("FLEX FINANCIAL"); (all collectively called
the  "Constituent  Corporations").

          The  Boards  of  Directors  of  the Constituent Corporations deem it
advisable  for  the general welfare of the Constituent Corpora-tions and their
respective stockholders that the Constituent Cor-porations merge into a single
corporation  pursuant  to  this  Agree-ment and the Texas Business Corporation
Act.

          The  parties  hereby  agree  as  follows:

1.          MERGER  AND  MODE  OF  CARRYING  IT  INTO  EFFECT
            -------------------------------------------------

     1.1          Merger.       The  Constituent  Corporations  will be at the
                  ------
Effective  Date  in the manner authorized and prescribed by the Texas Business
Corporation  Act,  merged  into a single corporation, which corporation is FAC
(hereinafter  sometimes  called  the "Surviving Corporation"), and the parties
hereby  adopt  the agreements, terms and conditions relating to the Merger and
the  mode  of  carrying  the  same into ef-fect, which the parties covenant to
observe,  keep  and  perform,  set  forth  in  this  Agreement.

     1.2      Effecting the Merger.  This  Agreement  will be  consummated and
              --------------------
the  Merger  effected by the filing of Articles of Merger as required by Texas
law,  with  the  Secretary of State of the State of Texas, whereupon as of the
Effective  Date  the separate corporate existence of Flex Financial will cease
and  Flex  Financial  will  be merged with and into the Surviving Corporation.

     1.3          Effective  Date.    As  used  in  this  Agreement,  the term
                  ---------------
"Effective  Date"  means the date Articles of Merger will have been filed with
the  Secretary  of  State  of  the  State  of Texas, after satisfaction of the
requirements of the applicable law of such state prerequi-site to such filing.

     1.4         Articles of Merger.  Upon the approval of  the merger  by the
                 ------------------
shareholders of FAC and by the shareholders of Flex Financial, the officers of
FAC  shall  file with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas Articles of
Merger  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Article  5.04 of the Texas Business
Corporation  Act;  provided,  however, that at any time prior to the filing of
such  Articles of Merger with the Secretary of State of Texas, the Plan may be
terminated  by  the  board  of  directors  of  Flex  Financial notwithstanding
approval  of  this  Agreement by the stockholders of Flex Financial or of FAC.

2.          ARTICLES  OF  INCORPORATION;  BYLAWS;  DIRECTORS  AND  OFFICERS
            ---------------------------------------------------------------

     2.1     Articles of Incorporation.  The  Articles  of  Incorporation  of
             -------------------------
FAC in effect on the date of this Agreement and the Effective Date will be the
Articles  of  Incorporation  of  the  Surviving  Corporation  until altered or
amended  as  provided  therein  and  by  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Texas.

     2.2     Bylaws.  The bylaws of FAC on the  Effective  Date  of the merger
             ------
shall  be  the  bylaws  of  the  Surviving  Corporation.

     2.3     Directors.  The  entire  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Surviving
             ---------
Corporation  will consist of those persons who comprise the Board of Directors
of  FAC on the Effective Date; who, subject to the provisions of the bylaws of
the  Surviving Corporation and the laws of the State of Texas will hold office
until  the  first an-nual meeting of stockholders of the Surviving Corporation
held  subsequent  to  the Effective Date or until their respective suc-cessors
are  elected  and  qualified.

<PAGE>

     2.4     Officers.    The  principal  officers  of  the  Surviving
             --------
Corpora-tion,  from  and  after  the Effective Date of the merger shall be the
persons  acting  as  the principal officers of FAC on the Effective Date; who,
subject  to  the provisions of the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation and the
laws  of  the  State of Texas, will hold office until the first meeting of the
Board  of Direc-tors following the first annual meeting of stockholders of the
Surviving  Corporation  held  subsequent  to the Effective Date or until their
respective  successors  are  elected  and  qualified.

3.          APPROVAL  OF  MERGER
            --------------------

     3.1     Stockholder  Approvals.  This  Agreement  shall  be  submitted
             ----------------------
separately  to  the shareholders of the Constituent Corporations in the manner
provided  by  the  laws of the State of Texas for approval and pursuant to any
applicable  federal  securities  laws.

4.          CONVERSION  AND  ISSUE  OF  SECURITIES.
            --------------------------------------

     The  manner  of  converting  the  shares  of  each  of  the  Constituent
Corporations  into  securities  of  the  Surviving  Corporation  and  re-lated
provisions  are  as  follows:

     A.          All  shares of capital stock of Flex Financial which shall be
issued and outstanding on the Effective  Date shall, on the Effective Date, be
canceled  and  shall  be converted into that number of shares of Common Stock,
par  value  $0.001  per  share,  of  FAC.

     B.      All 20,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of
FAC  which shall be outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date shall,
on  the  Effective  Date,  continue  to  be  outstanding.

     C.          All  warrants  and  options  of Flex Financial which shall be
outstanding  on  the Effective  Date shall, on the Effective Date, be canceled
and  shall  be converted into warrants and options of FAC of equivalent tenor.

5.          CERTAIN  EFFECTS  OF  THE  MERGER
            ---------------------------------

     At  the Effective Date, the separate existence and corporate organization
of  Flex  Financial,  except  insofar as it may be continued by statute, shall
cease  and  FAC  shall  continue  as  the  Surviving  Corporation, which shall
succeed,  without other transfer or further act or deed whatsoever, to all the
rights,  property  and  assets  of  the  Constituent Corporations and shall be
subject  to  and  liable for all the debts and liabilities of each; otherwise,
its identity, existence, purposes, rights, immunities, properties, liabilities
and  obligations  shall  be  unaffected and unimpaired by the Merger except as
expressly  provided  herein.

6.          TAX  TREATMENT
            --------------

     The  merger of FAC and Flex Financial shall be accomplished as a tax-free
reorganization as defined in Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code
of  1986,  as  amended.

     Executed  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1996,  at  Houston,  Texas.

                          FLEX  FINANCIAL  GROUP,  INC.

                          By:  /S/  Michael  T.  Fearnow
                               --------------------------------
                               MICHAEL  T.  FEARNOW,  President

                          FLEX  ACQUISITIONS  CORPORATION

                          By:  /S/  M.  Stephen  Roberts
                               --------------------------------
                               M.  Stephen  Roberts,  President



<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 2.2
                          FLEX FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                       770 S. Post Oak Lane, Suite 515
                             Houston, Texas 77056
                                (713) 840-7500

June  30,  1996


William  P.  Williams,  Jr.,  President  and  CEO
American  NorTel  Communications,  Inc.
7201  East  Camelback  Road,  Suite  320
Scottsdale,  AZ  85251

Dear  Mr.  Williams:

     This  letter  will  evidence  our  agreement  regarding  a  proposed
merger/spinoff  transaction by and between Flex Financial Group, Inc., a Texas
corporation  ("Flex  Financial"),  and American NorTel Communications, Inc., a
Wyoming  corporation  ("American  NorTel").

     In  consideration  of  the  following  representations,  promises  and
undertakings,  the  parties  agree  as  follows:

     1.          Representations  by Flex Financial.     Flex  Financial  is a
                 ----------------------------------
Houston,  Texas-based  company  whose  operations and financial statements are
described  in a Private Placement Memorandum dated October 15, 1995; a copy of
which has been delivered by Flex Financial to American NorTel.  Flex Financial
has  completed  and  closed the private placement described in such Memorandum
and  seeks  a  public  market  for its securities under circumstances that may
require  the  simultaneous  raising  of  additional  capital.

     2.          Representations  by American NorTel.   American  NorTel  is a
                 -----------------------------------
Wyoming  corporation  owned  by  approximately 770 persons that was originally
incorporated  in British Columbia, Canada on May 17, 1979.   The Company filed
its Certificate of Registration and Articles of Continuance with the Secretary
of  State  of  the State of Wyoming and became a Wyoming corporation effective
February 9, 1993. American NorTel currently operates in the telecommunications
business,  providing  long  distance  telephone  service  in  combination with
additional  related  services  in  the  United  States and a number of foreign
countries,  including  Argentina,  Brazil,  Mexico,  Canada,  and  Costa Rica.

          American  NorTel  seeks  to diversify its business opportunities and
investment  potential  to its shareholders by engaging in "spinoff" activities
such  as  are  described herein, such spinoffs to involve the distribution, by
way  of  stock  dividends or otherwise, of registered shares of stock of other
companies.   American NorTel's shareholder base is described in a letter dated
May  31,  1996  from  American NorTel's president, William P. Williams, Jr. to
Michael  T.  Fearnow,  Flex  Financial's  president.

     3.          Proposed  merger-spinoff.     The  parties  agree to commence
                 ------------------------
taking  the  steps  required  to  bring to a vote, by the shareholders of Flex
Financial,  a  proposed  spinoff-merger such as is described in letters of May
30,  1996  and  June 4, 1996 from M. Stephen Roberts, Esq. To Bill Williams of
American  NorTel, copies of which are attached hereto ("the Spinoff Letters").

     4.          Terms of the merger-spinoff.  The terms of the merger-spinoff
                 ---------------------------
will  be  as  follows:

          4.1      The American NorTel subsidiary to be created and which will
be  the  issuer  of  the  shares of stock that will survive the merger will be
named  any  name  designated by Flex Financial and will be incorporated in any
state  designated  by Flex Financial.  Herein, this American NorTel subsidiary
will  be  called "Flex Acquisitions."  On the effective date of the merger, it
will  change  its  name to Flex Financial Group, Inc., if required to do so by
Flex  Financial.

<PAGE>

          4.2     Flex Acquisitions will sell 20,000 of its shares to American
NorTel  for $200, or $0.001 per share, the Common Stock's par value.  Unless a
different authorized capital is specified by Flex Financial, Flex Acquisitions
will  have  authorized capital of 10 million shares of Common Stock, par value
$0.001  per share, and 10 million shares of Preferred Stock, no par value, the
preferences,  rights and qualities of each series of the Preferred Stock to be
set  by  resolutions  of  Flex  Acquisitions's  board  of  directors.

          4.3         Flex Acquisitions's counsel, M. Stephen Roberts, will be
responsible  for  drafting the S-4 Registration Statement to be filed with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  ("the  SEC"),  the  Wyoming  Securities
Commission,  the Texas Securities Commission and, if required, any other state
securities  regulatory  agency.

          4.4      The Registration Statement(s) will register (i) 94,000 Flex
Acquisitions  shares  of Common Stock, to be distributed to the Flex Financial
shareholders  in  proportion  to  their  Flex Financial shareholdings upon the
effectiveness of the proposed merger, (ii) the distribution by American NorTel
to  its shareholders of the 20,000 Flex Acquisitions shares of Common Stock it
earlier  purchased, (iii) Flex Acquisitions' warrants, the number and tenor of
which  Flex  Acquisitions'  warrants  shall  be the same as the Flex Financial
warrants that are issued and outstanding as of the date of this agreement, all
as  set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto; (iv)  Flex Acquisitions shares and
warrants  underlying  Class  A  Stock  Options  and Unit Purchase Options; (v)
shares of Flex Acquisitions Common Stock to underlie the before-described Flex
Acquisitions  warrants,  stock  options, and unit purchase options; (vi) up to
1,200,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  "for  the shelf" to be used for possible
acquisitions;  and  (vii) in the sole discretion of Flex Financial, shares and
warrants  underlying  up  to 100,000 units, each unit consisting of 1 share of
common  stock,  2  Class  B  Warrants  and 2 Class C Warrants, at an aggregate
offering  price  of  $6.00  per  unit.    Exhibit A attached hereto more fully
describes  the  securities  set  forth  in  (iii),  (iv)  and  (v)  above.

          4.5          Flex  Financial's  auditors, must provide their written
consent to the filing of the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto
before  they  will be filed with the SEC.  The auditors may review but express
no  opinion  on the interim period, unaudited financial statements and any pro
forma  financial  statements  that will appear in the Registration Statement.
All  financial  statement  materials  provided by Flex Financial must meet the
requirements  of  Item  310  of  the  SEC's  Regulation  S-B  and  of  its S-4
Registration  Statement.

     5.     Abandonment  of transaction by Flex Financial.     Flex  Financial
            ---------------------------------------------
is  free  to abandon this proposed merger-spinoff at any time, subject only to
its  paying  all  expenses incurred by American NorTel or Flex Acquisitions at
that  time.    Flex  Financial  is not obligated to obtain the approval by its
shareholders  of  the  proposed  merger  with  Flex  Acquisitions.

     6.      Costs of the transaction.     Flex  Financial  will pay all costs
             ------------------------
of  the  proposed transaction.  An estimate of these costs is set forth in the
schedule  attached  hereto,  which  schedule also sets forth target completion
dates for the proposed transaction.  The estimates are not firm prices but are
made  in  good faith after inquiry and reflection.  American NorTel's and Flex
Acquisitions's  attorney,  M.  Stephen Roberts, will bill his time at $150 per
hour.    Should  the  transaction  be  abandoned  or should the transaction be
completed  before  the  $35,000  attorney's  fee,  required to be deposited in
Roberts'  law firm's trust account, be earned, the balance will be returned to
Flex  Financial.    Should  the  $35,000  prove to be less than is earned, the
shortfall  will  be paid by Flex Financial to Roberts upon the approval of his
statements.    No  estimate  is  included  in  the  attached  schedule of Flex
Financial's  own  attorney's  fees.

<PAGE>

     7.     Market  stabilization.      After  the  merger-spinoff  should  be
            ---------------------
effected and for the periods set forth below, Flex Financial will obtain, from
the  beneficial  owners of at least 80% of its presently outstanding shares of
capital  stock,  an  agreement that each such shareholder will not sell any of
his,  her  or  its shares of post-merger Flex Acquisitions stock without first
obtaining  the written authorization of the president of Flex Financial, which
authorization  shall  be  given  only  for  pressing,  economic reasons deemed
satisfactory  to  Flex  Financial's  president:    90  days,  unless  Flex
Acquisitions's  stock  has  traded  at  an  average price of $7.50/share for a
period  of  45  days.

     8.     Governing  law.       The  effect  and  interpretation  of  this
            --------------
Agreement  will  be  governed  by  the  laws  of  Texas.


                              FLEX  FINANCIAL  GROUP,  INC.


                              By:  /S/  Michael  T.  Fearnow
                                   Michael  T.  Fearnow,  President


                              AMERICAN  NORTEL  COMMUNICATIONS,  INC.


                              By:/S/  W.  T.  Williams,  Jr.
                                   William  P.  Williams,  Jr.,  President


<PAGE>
EXHIBIT  A

Flex  Acquisitions'  securities  issuable  for  and
convertible  from  Flex  Financial  securities

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===============================================================
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF
SECURITIES TO BE                                   AMOUNT TO BE
REGISTERED                                          REGISTERED
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>
Unit Purchase Options - Bridge Loan
Units issuable upon exercise of the Unit
Purchase Options
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Unit
Purchase Options                                          8,333
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Class B Warrants issuable upon exercise of the
Unit Purchase Options                                    16,666
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Class B
Bridge Loan warrants which underlie the Unit
Purchase Options                                         16,666
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Class C Warrants issuable upon exercise of the
Unit Purchase Options                                    16,666
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Class C
Bridge Loan warrants which underlie the Unit
Purchase Options                                         16,666
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Units, each consisting of one share of common
stock, $.001 par value, two Class B Warrants and
two Class C Warrants
Common Stock ($.001 par value)                           14,000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Class B Warrants                                         28,000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock Underlying Class B Warrants                 28,000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Class C Warrants                                         28,000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock Underlying Class C Warrants                 28,000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Founders' Common Stock                                   80,000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Class A Options                                          80,000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock Underlying Class A Options                  80,000
   TOTAL
===============================================================
</TABLE>



<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 3.1
                          ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                      OF
                        FLEX ACQUISITIONS CORPORATION

                                 ARTICLE I
                                 ---------

     The  name  of  the  Corporation  is  FLEX  ACQUISITIONS  CORPORATION.

                                 ARTICLE II
                                 ----------

     The  Corporation  shall  have  perpetual  existence.

                                ARTICLE III
                                -----------

     The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity
for  which a corporation may be organized under the Texas Business Corporation
Act,  as  amended  ("TBCA"),  of  the  State  of  Texas.

                                 ARTICLE IV
                                 ----------

     The Corporation will not commence business until it has received, for the
issuance  of  shares,  consideration  of  $1,000.00.

                                 ARTICLE V
                                 ---------

     (A)    The  maximum  number  of  shares of all classes of stock which the
Corporation  is  authorized  to have outstanding at any one time is 20,000,000
shares,  of  which  10,000,000 shares shall be issuable in one or more series,
without  par  value ("Preferred Stock"), and 10,000,000 shares shall be common
stock,  $.001  par  value  per share ("Common Stock").  All or any part of the
Common Stock and Preferred Stock may be issued by the Corporation from time to
time  and for such consideration as the Board of Directors may determine.  All
of  such shares, if and when issued, and upon receipt of such consideration by
the  Corporation,  shall  be  fully  paid  and  non-assessable.

     (B)    The  Board of Directors is authorized at any time and from time to
time  to  divide  the  Preferred  Stock into one or more series and to fix and
determine  the  relative  rights, preferences, qualifications, limitations and
restrictions  of  the  shares of any series so established.  All shares of any
one  series  of  Preferred Stock shall be identical, except as to the dates of
issue  and  the  dates  from which dividends on shares of the series issued on
different  dates  will  cumulate,  if  cumulative.   The Board of Directors is
hereby  expressly  authorized to adopt a resolution establishing and designing
each such series, determining the number of shares which shall constitute such
series,  and  determining  the  relative  rights, preferences, qualifications,
limitations  and  restrictions  thereof,  which  relative rights, preferences,
qualifications,  limitations  and restrictions may differ with respect to each
series  as  to:

     (I)         The rate or manner of dividends, including whether and to the
extent  such  dividends  shall  be  cumulative,  participating,  or  both, the
conditions  and  dates  upon  which  such  dividends shall be payable, and the
preference  or  relation  which  such  dividends  shall  bear to the dividends
payable  on  any  other  class  or classes of stock or any other series of any
class  or  classes  of  stock  of  the  Corporation;

     (ii)     Whether the shares of such series shall be subject to redemption
by  the  Corporation  and,  if  so, the redemption price, the time or times of
redemption  and  the terms and conditions of redemption, which price, times of
redemption  and  terms  and  conditions  may  differ in the event of mandatory
redemption  or  permissive  redemption;

<PAGE>

     (iii)       The amount payable upon shares of such series in the event of
voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up  of the
Corporation;

     (iv)      Sinking fund provisions, if any, for the redemption or purchase
of  shares  of  such  series;

     (v)        Whether the shares of such series shall be convertible into or
exchangeable  for  shares  of any other class or classes of stock or any other
series  of any class or classes of stock of the Corporation, and, if provision
be  made for conversion or exchange, the times, prices, rates, adjustments and
other  terms  and  conditions  of  such  conversion  or  exchange;

     (vi)      The restrictions, if any, on the issue of any additional shares
or  reissue  of  shares  of  such  series  of  Preferred  Stock;

     (vii)          Voting  rights,  if  any;  and

     (viii)       Any other such relative rights, preferences, qualifications,
limitations  or  restrictions for such series which Texas law now or hereafter
empowers  or  permits  the  Board  of  Directors  to  determine.

Except  as  the  TBCA requires or may hereafter be amended to require separate
voting  by  classes  of  stock  or  by  series  of  any  class of stock of the
Corporation  or  as otherwise required by these Articles of Incorporation, the
holders  of  any series of Preferred Stock with voting rights, if any, and the
holders  of  Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on any matters
submitted  to  vote  of  the  stockholders  of  the  Corporation.

     (C)    Except  as  otherwise required by law, each holder of Common Stock
shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of such Common Stock standing
in  his  name  on  the  books  of  the Corporation.  Subject to the rights and
preferences  of  the  Preferred  Stock,  if any is outstanding, holders of the
Common Stock are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of
Directors  out  of  funds  lawfully  available  therefor.    Upon liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary
or  involuntary,  holders of the Common Stock are entitled to receive pro rata
the  remaining  assets  of  the Corporation after the holders of the Preferred
Stock  have  been  paid  in  full  the  sums  to  which  they  are  entitled.

                                 ARTICLE VI
                                 ----------

     No  stockholder of the Corporation shall, by reason of his holding shares
of  any class of stock or series of any class of stock, have any preemptive or
preferential right to purchase or subscribe for any shares of capital stock of
the  Corporation, now or hereafter authorized, any notes, debentures, bonds or
other  securities  convertible into or carrying warrants, rights or options to
purchase,  shares of any class of stock or series of any class of stock of the
Corporation,  now  or hereafter authorized, or any warrants, rights or options
to  purchase,  subscribe  to  or  otherwise acquire any such new or additional
shares  of  any  class  of  stock  or  series  of  any  class  of stock of the
Corporation,  now or hereafter authorized, whether or not the issuance of such
shares,  such  notes, debentures, bonds or other securities, or such warrants,
rights  or  options  would  adversely affect the dividend, voting or any other
rights  of  such  stockholder.

                                ARTICLE VII
                                -----------

     Cumulative  voting  for the election of directors shall not be permitted.

<PAGE>

                                ARTICLE VIII
                                ------------

     The  holders of any bonds, debentures or other obligations outstanding or
hereafter  issued by the Corporation shall have no power to vote in respect to
corporate  affairs  and  management  of the Corporation by reason thereof, nor
shall  such  holders  by  reason  thereof  have any right of inspection of the
books,  accounts  and  other  records  of the Corporation and any other rights
which  the  stockholders  of the Corporation have by reason of the TBCA of the
State  of  Texas  as  the  same  exists  or  may  hereafter  be  amended.

                                 ARTICLE IX
                                 ----------

     (A)  These  Articles  of  Incorporation  shall  not be amended unless, in
addition  to any other requirements therefor imposed by law, the holders of at
least  two-thirds  of  the shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote
thereon  shall  have  voted  in  favor  of  the  proposed  amendment.

     (B)    The  Board of Directors is expressly authorized to alter, amend or
repeal  the  Bylaws  of  the  Corporation  or  to  adopt  new  Bylaws.

                                 ARTICLE X
                                 ---------

     The  Board  of  Directors  of the Corporation may, if it deems advisable,
oppose  a  tender or other offer for the Corporation's securities, whether the
offer  is  in  cash  or in the securities of another corporation or otherwise.
When  considering  whether to oppose an offer, the Board of Directors may, but
is  not  legally  obligated  to,  consider  any  pertinent  issues;  by way of
illustration, but not of limitation, the Board of Directors may, but shall not
be  legally  obligated  to,  consider  all  or  any  of  the  following:

     (i)     Whether the offer price is acceptable based on the historical and
present  operating  results  or  financial  condition  of  the  Corporation;

     (ii)          Whether  a  more  favorable price could be obtained for the
Corporation's  securities  in  the  future;

     (iii)       The impact which an acquisition of the Corporation would have
on  the  employees,  customers, suppliers and creditors of the Corporation and
its  subsidiaries  and  the  communities  which  they  serve;

     (iv)         The reputation and business practices of the offeror and its
management  and  affiliates  as  they  would  affect the employees, customers,
suppliers and creditors of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and the future
value  of the Corporation's stock by the value of the securities, if any, that
the offeror is offering in exchange for the Corporation's securities, based on
an  analysis of the worth of the Corporation as compared to the offeror or any
other  entity  whose securities are being offered, and the financial condition
of  the  offeror  or  such  other  entity;  and

     (v)     Any antitrust or other legal or regulatory issues that are raised
by  the  offer.

                                 ARTICLE XI
                                 ----------

     (A)  No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or
any  of  its  stockholders  for monetary damages for an act or omission in the
director's  capacity  as  a  director; provided that this Article XI shall not
eliminate  or  limit  the  liability  of  a  director  of  the  Corporation:

<PAGE>

     (i)          for  any  breach  of  such director's duty of loyalty to the
Corporation  or  its  stockholders;

     (ii)     for acts or omissions not in good faith that constitute a breach
of  duty  of  the  director  to  the  Corporation  or that involve intentional
misconduct  or  a  knowing  violation  of  law;

     (iii)          for  any  transaction  from which such director derived an
improper  personal  benefit, whether the benefit resulted from an action taken
within  the  scope  of  the  director's  office;  or

     (iv)          for an act or omission for which liability of a director is
expressly  provided  by  an  applicable  statute.

     (B)  If Article 1302-7.06 of the Texas Miscellaneous Corporation Laws Act
("TMCLA")  hereafter  is  amended  to  authorize  the  further  elimination or
limitation  of  the  liability  of  directors  of  the  Corporation,  then the
liability  of  a  director  of the Corporation shall be limited to the fullest
extent permitted by the TMCLA, as so amended, and such limitation of liability
shall  be  in addition to, and not in lieu of, the limitation on the liability
of  a director of the Corporation provided by the foregoing provisions of this
Article  XI.

     (C)    Any repeal of or amendment to this Article XI shall be prospective
only  and  shall  not  adversely  affect  any limitation on the liability of a
director  of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or amendment.

                                ARTICLE XII
                                -----------

     The  Corporation  shall indemnify every director or officer, their heirs,
executors  and  administrators,  to  the  full  extent  as provided by, and in
accordance  with, Article 2.02-1 of the TBCA, as it presently exists and as it
is  amended, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him, as well
as  any  amount  paid  upon  a judgment in connection with any action, suit or
proceeding,  civil  or  criminal, to which he may be made a party by reason of
his  being  or having been a director or officer of the Corporation, or at the
request  of  the  Corporation,  having been a director or officer of any other
corporation  of  which  the  Corporation  was  at  such  time a shareholder or
creditor  and  from  which  other  corporation  he  is  not  entitled  to  be
indemnified,  except  in relation to matters as to which he is found liable on
the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by him, or in which he
shall  be  found  liable  to  the  Corporation.  In the event of a settlement,
indemnification shall be provided only in connection with such matters covered
by  the settlement as to which the Corporation is advised by its special legal
counsel  that  the  person  to  be indemnified did not commit such a breach of
duty.    The  foregoing  shall  not  be exclusive of other rights to which the
officer  or  director  may  be  entitled.

                                ARTICLE XIII
                                ------------

     No  contract  or  other transaction between the Corporation and any other
corporation  shall  be  affected  by  the  fact  that  one  (1) or more of the
directors or officers of this Corporation is interested in or is a director or
officer of such other corporation and any director or officer individually may
be  a  party  to  or  may be interested in any contract or transaction of this
Corporation.    No contract or transaction of this Corporation with any person
or  persons,  firm  or  association  shall  be  affected  by the fact that any
director  or  officer  of  this  Corporation  is a party or interested in such
contract  or transaction, or in any way connected with such person or persons,
firm  or association, provided that the interest in any such contract or other
transaction  of any such director or officer shall be fully disclosed and that
such contract or other transaction shall be authorized or ratified by the vote
of  a sufficient number of Directors of the Corporation not so interested.  In
the  absence  of  fraud,  no  director or officer having such adverse interest
shall  be liable to the Corporation or to any shareholder or creditor thereof,
or  to any other person for any loss incurred by it under or by reason of such
contract or transaction, nor shall any such director or officer be accountable
for  any  gains  or  profits  realized thereon.  In any case described in this
Article  XIII any such director may be counted in determining the existence of
a  quorum  at  any  meeting of the board of directors which shall authorize or
ratify  any  such  contract  or  transaction.

<PAGE>

                                ARTICLE XIV
                                -----------

     The address of the initial registered office of the Corporation is 770 S.
Post  Oak  Lane,  Suite  515,  Houston,  Texas 77056.  The name of the initial
registered  agent  of  the  Corporation at such address is M. Stephen Roberts.

                                 ARTICLE XV
                                 ----------

     The number of directors of the Corporation shall be no fewer than one nor
more  than  seven.   The exact number of directors shall be fixed from time to
time  by this Article or by a controlling bylaw, or by the Board of Directors.

     The initial Board of Directors shall consist of one director.  The person
who  is  to serve as a director until the first annual meeting of shareholders
or  until  their  successors  are  elected  and  qualified  is:

               M.  Stephen  Roberts
               770  S.    Post  oak  Lane,  Suite  515
               Houston,  Texas  77056

                                ARTICLE XVI
                                -----------

     Special  meetings of the shareholders may be called by (i) the president,
the  board  of  directors,  or (ii) the holders of not less than fifty percent
(50%)  of  shares  entitled  to  vote  at  the  proposed  special  meeting.

                                ARTICLE XVII
                                ------------

     Any  action  required  by  the  TBCA to be taken at any annual or special
meeting  of  shareholders,  or  any action which may be taken at any annual or
special meeting of shareholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior
notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth
the  action  so  taken,  shall  be  signed  by the holder or holders of shares
bearing  not  less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to
take  such  action at a meeting at which the holders of all shares entitled to
vote  on  the  actions  were  present  and  voted.

                               ARTICLE XVIII
                               -------------

     The  name  and  address  of  the  incorporator  of  the  Corporation
is  as  follows:

     M.  Stephen  Roberts
     770  S.    Post  Oak  Lane,  Suite  515
     Houston,  Texas  77056

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporator designated in
Article  XVIII,  executes these Articles of Incorporation and certifies to the
truth  of  the  facts  stated  therein  this  the  19th  day  of  March, 1996.


                    /S/  M.  Stephen  Roberts
                    -------------------------
                         M. STEPHEN ROBERTS



<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 3.2
                          ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                      OF
                          FLEX FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

                                 ARTICLE I
                                 ---------

     The  name  of  the  Corporation  is  FLEX  FINANCIAL  GROUP,  INC.

                                 ARTICLE II
                                 ----------

     The  Corporation  shall  have  perpetual  existence.

                                ARTICLE III
                                -----------

     The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity
for  which a corporation may be organized under the Texas Business Corporation
Act,  as  amended  ("TBCA"),  of  the  State  of  Texas.

                                 ARTICLE IV
                                 ----------

     The Corporation will not commence business until it has received, for the
issuance  of  shares,  consideration  of  $1,000.00.

                                 ARTICLE V
                                 ---------

     (A)    The  maximum  number  of  shares of all classes of stock which the
Corporation  is  authorized  to have outstanding at any one time is 20,000,000
shares,  of  which  10,000,000 shares shall be issuable in one or more series,
without  par  value ("Preferred Stock"), and 10,000,000 shares shall be common
stock,  $.01  par  value  per  share ("Common Stock").  All or any part of the
Common Stock and Preferred Stock may be issued by the Corporation from time to
time  and for such consideration as the Board of Directors may determine.  All
of  such shares, if and when issued, and upon receipt of such consideration by
the  Corporation,  shall  be  fully  paid  and  non-assessable.

     (B)    The  Board of Directors is authorized at any time and from time to
time  to  divide  the  Preferred  Stock into one or more series and to fix and
determine  the  relative  rights, preferences, qualifications, limitations and
restrictions  of  the  shares of any series so established.  All shares of any
one  series  of  Preferred Stock shall be identical, except as to the dates of
issue  and  the  dates  from which dividends on shares of the series issued on
different  dates  will  cumulate,  if  cumulative.   The Board of Directors is
hereby  expressly  authorized to adopt a resolution establishing and designing
each such series, determining the number of shares which shall constitute such
series,  and  determining  the  relative  rights, preferences, qualifications,
limitations  and  restrictions  thereof,  which  relative rights, preferences,
qualifications,  limitations  and restrictions may differ with respect to each
series  as  to:

     (i)         The rate or manner of dividends, including whether and to the
extent  such  dividends  shall  be  cumulative,  participating,  or  both, the
conditions  and  dates  upon  which  such  dividends shall be payable, and the
preference  or  relation  which  such  dividends  shall  bear to the dividends
payable  on  any  other  class  or classes of stock or any other series of any
class  or  classes  of  stock  of  the  Corporation;

<PAGE>

     (ii)     Whether the shares of such series shall be subject to redemption
by  the  Corporation  and,  if  so, the redemption price, the time or times of
redemption  and  the terms and conditions of redemption, which price, times of
redemption  and  terms  and  conditions  may  differ in the event of mandatory
redemption  or  permissive  redemption;

     (iii)       The amount payable upon shares of such series in the event of
voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up  of the
Corporation;

     (iv)      Sinking fund provisions, if any, for the redemption or purchase
of  shares  of  such  series;

     (v)        Whether the shares of such series shall be convertible into or
exchangeable  for  shares  of any other class or classes of stock or any other
series  of any class or classes of stock of the Corporation, and, if provision
be  made for conversion or exchange, the times, prices, rates, adjustments and
other  terms  and  conditions  of  such  conversion  or  exchange;

     (vi)      The restrictions, if any, on the issue of any additional shares
or  reissue  of  shares  of  such  series  of  Preferred  Stock;

     (vii)          Voting  rights,  if  any;  and

     (viii)       Any other such relative rights, preferences, qualifications,
limitations  or  restrictions for such series which Texas law now or hereafter
empowers  or  permits  the  Board  of  Directors  to  determine.

Except  as  the  TBCA requires or may hereafter be amended to require separate
voting  by  classes  of  stock  or  by  series  of  any  class of stock of the
Corporation  or  as otherwise required by these Articles of Incorporation, the
holders  of  any series of Preferred Stock with voting rights, if any, and the
holders  of  Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on any matters
submitted  to  vote  of  the  stockholders  of  the  Corporation.


     (C)    Except  as  otherwise required by law, each holder of Common Stock
shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of such Common Stock standing
in  his  name  on  the  books  of  the Corporation.  Subject to the rights and
preferences  of  the  Preferred  Stock,  if any is outstanding, holders of the
Common Stock are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of
Directors  out  of  funds  lawfully  available  therefor.    Upon liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary
or  involuntary,  holders of the Common Stock are entitled to receive pro rata
the  remaining  assets  of  the Corporation after the holders of the Preferred
Stock  have  been  paid  in  full  the  sums  to  which  they  are  entitled.

                                 ARTICLE VI
                                 ----------

     No  stockholder of the Corporation shall, by reason of his holding shares
of  any class of stock or series of any class of stock, have any preemptive or
preferential right to purchase or subscribe for any shares of capital stock of
the  Corporation, now or hereafter authorized, any notes, debentures, bonds or
other  securities  convertible into or carrying warrants, rights or options to
purchase,  shares of any class of stock or series of any class of stock of the
Corporation,  now  or hereafter authorized, or any warrants, rights or options
to  purchase,  subscribe  to  or  otherwise acquire any such new or additional
shares  of  any  class  of  stock  or  series  of  any  class  of stock of the
Corporation,  now or hereafter authorized, whether or not the issuance of such
shares,  such  notes, debentures, bonds or other securities, or such warrants,
rights  or  options  would  adversely affect the dividend, voting or any other
rights  of  such  stockholder.

<PAGE>

                                ARTICLE VII
                                -----------

     Cumulative  voting  for the election of directors shall not be permitted.

                                ARTICLE VIII
                                ------------

     The  holders of any bonds, debentures or other obligations outstanding or
hereafter  issued by the Corporation shall have no power to vote in respect to
corporate  affairs  and  management  of the Corporation by reason thereof, nor
shall  such  holders  by  reason  thereof  have any right of inspection of the
books,  accounts  and  other  records  of the Corporation and any other rights
which  the  stockholders  of the Corporation have by reason of the TBCA of the
State  of  Texas  as  the  same  exists  or  may  hereafter  be  amended.

                                 ARTICLE IX
                                 ----------

     (A)  These  Articles  of  Incorporation  shall  not be amended unless, in
addition  to any other requirements therefor imposed by law, the holders of at
least  two-thirds  of  the shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote
thereon  shall  have  voted  in  favor  of  the  proposed  amendment.


     (B)    The  Board of Directors is expressly authorized to alter, amend or
repeal  the  Bylaws  of  the  Corporation  or  to  adopt  new  Bylaws.

                                 ARTICLE X
                                 ---------

     The  Board  of  Directors  of the Corporation may, if it deems advisable,
oppose  a  tender or other offer for the Corporation's securities, whether the
offer  is  in  cash  or in the securities of another corporation or otherwise.
When  considering  whether to oppose an offer, the Board of Directors may, but
is  not  legally  obligated  to,  consider  any  pertinent  issues;  by way of
illustration, but not of limitation, the Board of Directors may, but shall not
be  legally  obligated  to,  consider  all  or  any  of  the  following:

     (i)     Whether the offer price is acceptable based on the historical and
present  operating  results  or  financial  condition  of  the  Corporation;

     (ii)          Whether  a  more  favorable price could be obtained for the
Corporation's  securities  in  the  future;

     (iii)       The impact which an acquisition of the Corporation would have
on  the  employees,  customers, suppliers and creditors of the Corporation and
its  subsidiaries  and  the  communities  which  they  serve;

     (iv)         The reputation and business practices of the offeror and its
management  and  affiliates  as  they  would  affect the employees, customers,
suppliers and creditors of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and the future
value  of the Corporation's stock by the value of the securities, if any, that
the offeror is offering in exchange for the Corporation's securities, based on
an  analysis of the worth of the Corporation as compared to the offeror or any
other  entity  whose securities are being offered, and the financial condition
of  the  offeror  or  such  other  entity;  and

<PAGE>

     (v)     Any antitrust or other legal or regulatory issues that are raised
by  the  offer.

                                 ARTICLE XI
                                 ----------

     (A)  No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or
any  of  its  stockholders  for monetary damages for an act or omission in the
director's  capacity  as  a  director; provided that this Article XI shall not
eliminate  or  limit  the  liability  of  a  director  of  the  Corporation:

     (i)          for  any  breach  of  such director's duty of loyalty to the
Corporation  or  its  stockholders;

     (ii)     for acts or omissions not in good faith that constitute a breach
of  duty  of  the  director  to  the  Corporation  or that involve intentional
misconduct  or  a  knowing  violation  of  law;

     (iii)          for  any  transaction  from which such director derived an
improper  personal  benefit, whether the benefit resulted from an action taken
within  the  scope  of  the  director's  office;  or

     (iv)          for an act or omission for which liability of a director is
expressly  provided  by  an  applicable  statute.

     (B)  If Article 1302-7.06 of the Texas Miscellaneous Corporation Laws Act
("TMCLA")  hereafter  is  amended  to  authorize  the  further  elimination or
limitation  of  the  liability  of  directors  of  the  Corporation,  then the
liability  of  a  director  of the Corporation shall be limited to the fullest
extent permitted by the TMCLA, as so amended, and such limitation of liability
shall  be  in addition to, and not in lieu of, the limitation on the liability
of  a director of the Corporation provided by the foregoing provisions of this
Article  XI.

     (C)    Any repeal of or amendment to this Article XI shall be prospective
only  and  shall  not  adversely  affect  any limitation on the liability of a
director  of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or amendment.

                                ARTICLE XII
                                -----------

     The  Corporation  shall indemnify every director or officer, their heirs,
executors  and  administrators,  to  the  full  extent  as provided by, and in
accordance  with, Article 2.02-1 of the TBCA, as it presently exists and as it
is  amended, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him, as well
as  any  amount  paid  upon  a judgment in connection with any action, suit or
proceeding,  civil  or  criminal, to which he may be made a party by reason of
his  being  or having been a director or officer of the Corporation, or at the
request  of  the  Corporation,  having been a director or officer of any other
corporation  of  which  the  Corporation  was  at  such  time a shareholder or
creditor  and  from  which  other  corporation  he  is  not  entitled  to  be
indemnified,  except  in relation to matters as to which he is found liable on
the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by him, or in which he
shall  be  found  liable  to  the  Corporation.  In the event of a settlement,
indemnification shall be provided only in connection with such matters covered
by  the settlement as to which the Corporation is advised by its special legal
counsel  that  the  person  to  be indemnified did not commit such a breach of
duty.    The  foregoing  shall  not  be exclusive of other rights to which the
officer  or  director  may  be  entitled.

<PAGE>

                                ARTICLE XIII
                                ------------

     No  contract  or  other transaction between the Corporation and any other
corporation  shall  be  affected  by  the  fact  that  one  (1) or more of the
directors or officers of this Corporation is interested in or is a director or
officer of such other corporation and any director or officer individually may
be  a  party  to  or  may be interested in any contract or transaction of this
Corporation.    No contract or transaction of this Corporation with any person
or  persons,  firm  or  association  shall  be  affected  by the fact that any
director  or  officer  of  this  Corporation  is a party or interested in such
contract  or transaction, or in any way connected with such person or persons,
firm  or association, provided that the interest in any such contract or other
transaction  of any such director or officer shall be fully disclosed and that
such contract or other transaction shall be authorized or ratified by the vote
of  a sufficient number of Directors of the Corporation not so interested.  In
the  absence  of  fraud,  no  director or officer having such adverse interest
shall  be liable to the Corporation or to any shareholder or creditor thereof,
or  to any other person for any loss incurred by it under or by reason of such
contract or transaction, nor shall any such director or officer be accountable
for  any  gains  or  profits  realized thereon.  In any case described in this
Article  XIII any such director may be counted in determining the existence of
a  quorum  at  any  meeting of the board of directors which shall authorize or
ratify  any  such  contract  or  transaction.

                                ARTICLE XIV
                                -----------

     The address of the initial registered office of the Corporation is 770 S.
Post  Oak  Lane,  Suite  515,  Houston,  Texas 77056.  The name of the initial
registered  agent  of  the  Corporation at such address is M. Stephen Roberts.

                                 ARTICLE XV
                                 ----------

     The number of directors of the Corporation shall be no fewer than one nor
more  than  seven.   The exact number of directors shall be fixed from time to
time  by this Article or by a controlling bylaw, or by the Board of Directors.

     The initial Board of Directors shall consist of one director.  The person
who  is  to serve as a director until the first annual meeting of shareholders
or  until  their  successors  are  elected  and  qualified  is:

               M.  Stephen  Roberts
               770  S.    Post  oak  Lane,  Suite  515
               Houston,  Texas  77056

                                ARTICLE XVI
                                -----------

     Special  meetings of the shareholders may be called by (i) the president,
the  board  of  directors,  or (ii) the holders of not less than fifty percent
(50%)  of  shares  entitled  to  vote  at  the  proposed  special  meeting.

                                ARTICLE XVII
                                ------------

     Any  action  required  by  the  TBCA to be taken at any annual or special
meeting  of  shareholders,  or  any action which may be taken at any annual or
special meeting of shareholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior
notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth
the  action  so  taken,  shall  be  signed  by the holder or holders of shares
bearing  not  less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to
take  such  action at a meeting at which the holders of all shares entitled to
vote  on  the  actions  were  present  and  voted.

<PAGE>

                               ARTICLE XVIII
                               -------------

     The  name  and  address  of  the  incorporator  of  the  Corporation
is  as  follows:

     M.  Stephen  Roberts
     770  S.    Post  Oak  Lane,  Suite  515
     Houston,  Texas  77056



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporator designated in
Article  XVIII,  executes these Articles of Incorporation and certifies to the
truth  of  the  facts  stated  therein  this  the  14th  day  of August, 1995.


                    /S/  M.  Stephen  Roberts
                    ------------------------------
                         M. STEPHEN ROBERTS



<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 3.3













_________________________________________________________________

                                    BYLAWS

                                      OF

                        FLEX ACQUISITIONS CORPORATION

     _________________________________________________________________


<PAGE>
                             TABLE OF CONTENTS
                             -----------------

Article  1:  Offices

          1.01          Registered  Office  &  Agent
          1.02          Other  Offices

Article  2:  Shareholders

          2.01          Place  of  Meetings
          2.02          Annual  Meetings
          2.03          Voting  List
          2.04          Special  Meetings
          2.05          Notice
          2.06          Quorum
          2.07          Majority  Vote;  Withdrawal  of  Quorum
          2.08          Method  of  Voting
          2.09          Record  Date;  Closing  of  Transfer  Books
          2.10          Action  Without  Meeting
          2.11          Telephone  and  Similar  Meetings
          2.12          Order  of  Business  at  Meetings

Article  3:  Directors

          3.01          Management
          3.02          Number;  Qualification;  Election;  Term
          3.03          Change  in  Number
          3.04          Removal
          3.05          Vacancies
          3.06          Election  of  Directors
          3.07          Place  of  Meetings
          3.08          First  Meetings
          3.09          Regular  Meetings
          3.10          Special  Meetings
          3.11          Quorum;  Majority  Vote
          3.12          Compensation
          3.13          Procedure
          3.14          Action  without  Meeting
          3.15          Telephone  and  Similar  Meetings
          3.16          Interested  Directors;  Officers  and  Shareholders

Article  4:  Executive  Committee

          4.01          Designation
          4.02          Number;  Qualification;  Term
          4.03          Authority
          4.04          Change  in  Number
          4.05          Removal
          4.06          Vacancies
          4.07          Meetings
          4.08          Quorum;  Majority  Vote
          4.09          Compensation
          4.10          Procedure
          4.11          Action  Without  Meeting
          4.12          Telephone  and  Similar  Meetings
          4.13          Responsibility

Article  5:  Notice

          5.01          Method
          5.02          Waiver

<PAGE>

Article  6:  Officers  &  Agents

          6.01          Number;  Qualification;  Election;  Term
          6.02          Removal
          6.03          Vacancies
          6.04          Authority
          6.05          Compensation
          6.06          President
          6.07          Vice  President
          6.08          Secretary
          6.09          Assistant  Secretary
          6.10          Treasurer
          6.11          Assistant  Treasurer

Article  7:  Certificates  and  Shareholders

          7.01          Certificates
          7.02          Issuance
          7.03          Payment  for  Shares
          7.04          Subscriptions
          7.05          Lien
          7.06          Lost,  Stolen  or  Destroyed  Certificates
          7.07          Registration  of  Transfer
          7.08          Registered  Owner
          7.09          Pre-Emptive  Rights

Article  8:  General  Provisions

          8.01          Dividends  and  Reserves
          8.02          Books  and  Records
          8.03          Annual  Statement
          8.04          Checks  and  Notes
          8.05          Fiscal  Year
          8.06          Seal
          8.07          Indemnification;  Insurance
          8.08          Resignation
          8.09          Amendment  of  Bylaws
          8.10          Construction
          8.11          Table  of  Contents;  Headings
          8.12          Relation  to  Articles  of  Incorporation

<PAGE>

                              ARTICLE 1: OFFICES

     1.01     Registered  Office  &  Agent.   The  registered  office  of  the
corporation  shall  be  at  such  address  within the State of Texas as may be
specified  from  time  to  time  by  the  board  of directors. The name of the
registered  agent at such address shall be designated from time to time by the
board  of  directors.

     1.02     Other Offices.  The  corporation  may  also have offices at such
other  places  both  within  and  without  the  State of Texas as the board of
directors  may  from time to time determine or the business of the corporation
may  require.


                           ARTICLE 2: SHAREHOLDERS

     2.01     Place of Meetings.  Meetings  of shareholders  shall  be held at
              -----------------
the time and place, within or without the State of Texas, stated in the notice
of  the  meeting  or  in  a  waiver  of  notice.

     2.02     Annual Meetings.  An annual meeting  of  the  shareholders shall
              ---------------
be  held  each  year  at  10  a.m.  on  a  day  during the fourth month of the
corporation's  fiscal year to be selected by the board of directors. If such a
day  is  a  legal  holiday, then the meeting shall be on the next business day
following. At the meeting, the shareholders shall elect directors and transact
such  other  business  as  may  properly  be  brought  before  the  meeting.

     2.03     Voting  List.   At  least  ten  days  before  each  meeting  of
              ------------
shareholders,  a  complete  list  of  the shareholders entitled to vote at the
meeting,  arranged  in  alphabetical  order,  with the address of each and the
number  of  voting  shares  held  by each, shall be prepared by the officer or
agent having charge of the stock transfer books. The list, for a period of ten
days  prior  to  the meeting, shall be kept on file at the principal office of
the  corporation  and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any
time  during  usual  business  hours. The list shall also be produced and kept
open  at  the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and
shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of
the  meeting.

     2.04     Special Meetings.  Special meetings  of  the  shareholders,  for
              ----------------
any  purpose  or  purposes,  unless  otherwise prescribed by statute or by the
articles of incorporation, or by these bylaws, may be called by the president,
the  board  of directors, or the holders of not less than one-tenth of all the
shares  entitled  to  vote  at  the meetings. Business transacted at a special
meeting shall be confined to the purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

     2.05     Notice.  Written or printed  notice  stating the  place, day and
              ------
hour of the meeting and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes
for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten nor more
than  fifty days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail,
by  or  at  the  direction  of the president, the secretary, or the officer or
person  calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at
the  meeting.  If  mailed,  such  notice  shall be deemed to be delivered when
deposited  in  the  United  States  mail  addressed  to the shareholder at his
address  as  it  appears  on the stock transfer books of the corporation, with
postage  thereon  prepaid.  (See  also  Bylaws  5.01  and  5.02.)

     2.06     Quorum.  The  holders  of  a  majority  of the shares issued and
              ------
outstanding  and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by
proxy,  shall  be  requisite  and shall constitute a quorum at meetings of the
shareholders  for  the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by
statute,  by  the articles of incorporation or by these bylaws. If a quorum is
not  present or represented at a meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders
entitled  to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power
to  adjourn  the  meeting  from  time  to  time,  without  notice  other  than
announcement  at  the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At an
adjourned  meeting  at  which a quorum is present or represented, any business
may  be  transacted  which  might  have  been  transacted  at  the  meeting as
originally  notified.

<PAGE>

     2.07     Majority  Vote;  Withdrawal  of  Quorum.  When  a  quorum  is
              ---------------------------------------
present  at  a  meeting,  the  vote of the holders of a majority of the shares
having  voting  power, present in person or represented by proxy, shall decide
any  question brought before the meeting, unless the question is one on which,
by  express provision of the statutes, the articles of incorporation, or these
bylaws,  a  higher  vote is required in which case the express provision shall
govern. The shareholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to
transact  business  until  adjournment,  despite  the  withdrawal  of  enough
shareholders  to  leave  less  than  a  quorum.

     2.08     Method of Voting.  Each  outstanding  share,  regardless  of
              ----------------
class,  shall  be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a
meeting  of  shareholders,  except to the extent that the voting rights of the
shares  of  any  class  or  classes  are  limited or denied by the articles of
incorporation.  At  any  meeting of the shareholders, every shareholder having
the  right  to vote may vote either in person, or by proxy executed in writing
by  the shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall
be  valid after eleven months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise
provided in the proxy. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided
therein  to  be irrevocable and unless otherwise made irrevocable by law. Each
proxy  shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation prior to or at the
time  of the meeting. Voting for directors shall be in accordance with Section
3.06  of  these  bylaws.  Any  vote  may be taken by voice or by show of hands
unless  someone  entitled to vote objects, in which case written ballots shall
be  used.

     2.09     Record Date, Closing Transfer Books.   The  board  of  directors
              -----------------------------------
may  fix  in advance a record date for the purpose of determining shareholders
entitled  to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the shareholders, the record
date to be not less than ten nor more than fifty days prior to the meeting; or
the board of directors may close the stock transfer books for such purpose for
a  period of not less than ten nor more than fifty days prior to such meeting.
In  the  absence  of any action by the board of directors, the date upon which
the  notice  of  the  meeting  is  mailed  shall  be  the  record  date.

     2.10     Action Without Meeting.  Any  action  required  by statute to be
              ----------------------
taken  at a meeting of the shareholders, or any action which may be taken at a
meeting  of  the  shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in
writing  setting  forth  the  action  so  taken, shall be signed by all of the
shareholders  entitled  to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof and
such  consent  shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the
shareholders.  The  signed  consent,  or  a signed copy shall be placed in the
minute  book.

     2.11     Telephone  and  Similar Meetings.  Shareholders,  directors  and
              --------------------------------
committee members may participate in and hold a meeting by means of conference
telephone  or  similar  communications equipment by means of which all persons
participating  in  the  meeting  can  hear each other. Participation in such a
meeting  shall  constitute  presence  in person at the meeting, except where a
person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the
transaction  of  any  business  on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully
called  or  convened.

     2.12     Order of Business at Meetings.      The  order  of  business  at
              -----------------------------
annual  meetings  and  so far as practicable at other meetings of shareholders
shall  be  as  follows  unless  changed  by  the  board  of  directors:

(1)          call  to  order
(2)          proof  of  due  notice  of  meeting
(3)          determination  of  quorum  and  examination  of  proxies
(4)          announcement  of  availability  of  voting  list
             (See  Bylaw  2.03)
(5)          announcement  of  distribution  of  annual  statement
             (See  Bylaw  8.03)
(6)          reading and disposing of minutes of last meeting of shareholders
(7)          reports  of  officers  and  committees
(8)          appointment  of  voting  inspectors

<PAGE>

(9)          unfinished  business
(10)         new  business
(11)         nomination  of  directors
(12)         opening  of  polls  for  voting
(13)         recess
(14)         reconvening;  closing  of  polls
(15)         report  of  voting  inspectors
(16)         other  business
(17)         adjournment


                             ARTICLE 3: DIRECTORS

     3.01     Management.   The  business  and  affairs  of  the  corporation
              ----------
shall be managed by the board of directors who may exercise all such powers of
the  corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not (by statute
or  by  the articles of incorporation or by these bylaws) directed or required
to  be  exercised  or  done  by  the  shareholders.

     3.02     Number;  Qualification;  Election;  Term.   The  board  of
              ------
directors shall consist of one (1) person; provided however, that the board of
directors may, in its discretion, increase or decrease the number of directors
constituting  the board of directors to not less than one  (1) person nor more
than  nine  (9)  persons,  who  need  not  be a shareholder or resident of any
particular  state.   The director named in the Articles of Incorporation shall
hold  office  until  the  first  annual  meeting of shareholders and until his
successors are elected and qualified, either at an annual or a special meeting
of  shareholders.    Directors  other  than  those  named  in  the Articles of
Incorporation  shall hold office until the next annual meeting and until their
successors  are  elected  and  qualified.

     3.03     Change in Number.  The  number  of  directors  may  be increased
              ----------------
or  decreased  from  time to time by amendment to these bylaws but no decrease
shall  have  the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director.  Any
directorship  to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors
shall  be  filled  by election at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of
shareholders  called  for  that  purpose.

     3.04     Removal.  Any  director  may  be  removed  either for or without
              -------
cause  at  any  special  or annual meeting of shareholders, by the affirmative
vote  of a majority in number of shares of the shareholders present, in person
or  by  proxy,  at  such meeting and entitled to vote for the election of such
director  if notice of intention to act upon such matter shall have been given
in  the  notice  calling  such  meeting.

     3.05     Vacancies.  Any vacancy occurring  in  the  board  of  directors
              ---------
(by  death, resignation, removal or otherwise) may be filled by an affirmative
vote of a majority of the remaining directors though less than a quorum of the
board  of directors. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for
the  unexpired  term  of  his  predecessor  in  office.

     3.06     Election  of  Directors.   Directors  shall  be  elected by
              -----------------------
plurality  vote.  Cumulative  voting  shall  not  be  permitted.

     3.07     Place  of Meetings.  Meetings  of  the  board  of  directors,
              ------------------
regular  or  special, may be held either within or without the State of Texas.

     3.08     First Meetings.  The  first  meeting  of  a  newly elected board
              --------------
shall  be held without further notice immediately following the annual meeting
of  shareholders,  and  at  the same place, unless by unanimous consent of the
directors  then  elected  and  serving  the  time  or  place  is  changed.

     3.09     Regular Meetings.  Regular  meetings  of  the board of directors
              ----------------
may  be  held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time
be  determined  by  the  board.

<PAGE>

     3.10     Special Meetings.  Special  meetings  of  the board of directors
              ----------------
may  be called by the president on three days' notice to each director, either
personally  or by mail or by telegram. Special meetings shall be called by the
president  or  secretary  in  like  manner  and  on like notice on the written
request  of  two directors. Except as otherwise expressly provided by statute,
articles  of  incorporation,  or  these  bylaws,  neither  the  business to be
transacted  at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting need be specified in a
notice  or  waiver  of  notice.

     3.11     Quorum; Majority Vote.  At  meetings  of  the board of directors
              ---------------------
a majority of the number of directors fixed by these bylaws shall constitute a
quorum  for  the  transaction of business; provided however, that in the event
there are vacancies occurring in the board that are not filled then a majority
of the directors then serving shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business. The act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which
a  quorum  is  present  shall  be the act of the board of directors, except as
otherwise  specifically provided by statute, the articles of incorporation, or
these  bylaws.  If  a  quorum  is  not  present  at  a meeting of the board of
directors,  the  directors  present may adjourn the meeting from time to time,
without  notice  other  than  announcement  at  the  meting, until a quorum is
present.

     3.12     Compensation.  By  resolution  of  the  board  of directors, the
              ------------
directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of
the  board  of  directors  and  may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each
meeting  of  the  board  of  directors or a stated salary as director. No such
payment  shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other
capacity  and  receiving  compensation  therefor.  Members  of  the  executive
committee or of special or standing committees may, by resolution of the board
of  directors,  be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

     3.13     Procedure.  The board of directors shall  keep  regular  minutes
              ---------
of  its  proceedings.  The  minutes  shall be placed in the minute book of the
corporation.

     3.14     Action Without Meeting.  Any  action  required  or  permitted to
              ----------------------
be taken at a meeting of the board of directors may be taken without a meeting
if  a  consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all
of  the  members  of  the board of directors. Such consent shall have the same
force  and  effect  as a unanimous vote at a meeting. The signed consent, or a
signed  copy,  shall  be  placed  in  the  minute  book.

     3.15     Telephone and Similar Meetings.    Directors  and  committee
              ------------------------------
members may participate in and hold a meeting by means of conference telephone
or  similar  communications  equipment  by  means  of  which  all  persons
participating  in  the  meeting  can  hear each other. Participation in such a
meeting  shall  constitute  presence  in person at the meeting, except where a
person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the
transaction  of  any  business  on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully
called  or  convened.

     3.16     Interested  Directors;  Officers  and  Security Holders.
              -------------------------------------------------------

     (A)      Validity.  If paragraph (B) is satisfied, no  contract  or other
              --------
transaction  between  the  corporation  and  any of its directors, officers or
security holders, or any corporation or firm in which any of them are directly
or indirectly interested, shall be invalid solely because of this relationship
or  because of the presence of the director, officer or security holder at the
meeting  authorizing the contract or transaction, or his participation or vote
in  the  meeting  or  authorization.

     (B)          Disclosure, Approval; Fairness.  Paragraph  (A)  shall apply
                  ------------------------------
only  if:

     (l)       the material facts of the relationship or interest of each such
director,  officer  or  security  holder  are  known  or  disclosed:

<PAGE>

     (a)          to  the board of directors and it nevertheless authorizes or
ratifies  the  contract or transaction by a majority of the directors present,
each such interested director to be counted in determining whether a quorum is
present  but  not  in calculating the majority necessary to carry the vote; or

     (b)     to the shareholders and they nevertheless authorize or ratify the
contract  or  transaction  by  a  majority  of  the  shares present, each such
interested  person  to  be  counted  for  quorum  and  voting  purposes;  or

     (2)      the contract or transaction is fair to the corporation as of the
time  it  is  authorized  or  ratified  by  the  board  of  directors  or  the
shareholders.

     (C) Non-Exclusive.  This provision shall not be construed to invalidate
         -----------------
a  contract  or  transaction  which  would  be  valid  in  the absence of this
provision.


                        ARTICLE 4: EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

     4.01     Designation.     The  board  of  directors  may,  by  resolution
              -----------
adopted  by  a  majority of the whole board, designate an executive committee.

     4.02     Number; Qualification; Term.    The  executive  committee  shall
              ---------------------------
consist  of  one  or  more  directors, one of whom shall be the president. The
executive  committee  shall  serve  at the pleasure of the board of directors.

     4.03     Authority.  The  executive  committee,  to  the  extent provided
              ---------
in  such  resolution,  shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the
board  of  directors  in  the  management  of  the business and affairs of the
corporation,  including authority over the use of the corporate seal. However,
the executive committee shall not have the authority of the board in reference
to:

(a)     amending  the  articles  of  incorporation;
(b)     approving  a  plan  of  merger  or  consolidation;
(c)     recommending to the shareholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or
        substantially  all  of  the  property  and  assets  of the corporation
        otherwise than in the  usual  and  regular  course  of  its  business;
(d)     recommending  to  the shareholders a voluntary dissolution of the
        corporation  or  a  revocation  thereof;
(e)     amending, altering, or repealing these bylaws or adopting new  bylaws;
(f)     filling vacancies in or removing members of the board of  directors or
        of  any  committee  appointed  by  the  board  of  directors;
(g)     fixing  the  compensation  of  any  member  of  such  committee;
(h)     altering  or  repealing any resolution of the board of directors which
        by its terms provides that it shall not be so amendable or repealable;
(i)     declaring  a  dividend;  or
(j)     authorizing  the  issuance  of  shares  of  the  corporation.

     4.04     Change in Number.  The  number  of  executive  committee members
              ----------------
may  be  increased  or  decreased from time to time by resolution adopted by a
majority  of  the  whole  board  of  directors.

     4.05     Removal.    Any  member  of  the  executive  committee  may  be
              -------
removed by the board of directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
whole  board,  whenever  in its judgment the best interests of the corporation
will  be  served  thereby.

     4.06     Vacancies.  A  vacancy  occurring  in  the  executive  committee
              ---------
(by  death,  resignation,  removal or otherwise) may be filled by the board of
directors  in  the  manner  provided  for  original designation in Bylaw 4.01.

<PAGE>

     4.07     Meetings.   Time,  place  and  notice,  (if  any)  of  executive
              --------
committee  meetings  shall  be  determined  by  the  executive  committee.

     4.08     Quorum;  Majority  Vote.    At  meetings  of  the  executive
              -----------------------
committee,  a  majority  of  the  number of members designated by the board of
directors  shall  constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act
of  a  majority  of  the  members  present at any meeting at which a quorum is
present  shall  be  the  act  of  the executive committee, except as otherwise
specifically  provided  by  statute,  the  articles of incorporation, or these
bylaws.  If  a  quorum is not present at a meeting of the executive committee,
the  members present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice
other  than  an  announcement  at  the  meeting,  until  a  quorum is present.

     4.09     Compensation.  By resolution of  the  board  of  directors,  the
              ------------
members  of  the  executive  committee  may be paid their expenses, if any, of
attendance  at  each  meeting of the executive meeting and may be paid a fixed
sum  for  attendance  at  each  meeting of the executive committee or a stated
salary  as  member. No such payment shall preclude any member from serving the
corporation  in  any  other  capacity  and  receiving  compensation  therefor.

     4.10     Procedure.    The  executive  committee  shall  keep  regular
              ---------
minutes  of its proceedings and report the same to the board of directors when
required.  The  minutes of the proceedings of the executive committee shall be
placed  in  the  minute  book  of  the  corporation.

     4.11     Action Without Meeting.  Any  action  required  or  permitted to
              ----------------------
be  taken  at  a  meeting  of  the  executive committee may be taken without a
meeting  if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed
by  all  the  members  of the executive committee. Such consent shall have the
same force and effect as a unanimous vote at a meeting. The signed consent, or
a  signed  copy,  shall  be  placed  in  the  minute  book.

     4.12     Telephone  and  Similar Meetings.    Committee  members  may
              --------------------------------
participate  in and hold a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar
communications  equipment  by  means of which all persons participating in the
meeting can hear each other.  Participation in such a meeting shall constitute
presence  in  person at the meeting, except where a person participates in the
meeting  for  the  express  purpose  of  objecting  to  the transaction of any
business  on  the  ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

     4.13     Responsibility.   The  designation  of  an  executive  committee
              --------------
and  the  delegation of authority to it shall not operate to relieve the board
of  directors, or any member thereof, of any responsibility imposed upon it or
him  by  law.


                              ARTICLE 5: NOTICE

     5.01     Method.  Whenever  by  statute,  the  articles of incorporation,
              ------
these  bylaws,  or  otherwise,  notice  is required to be given to a director,
committee  member,  or security holder, and no provision is made as to how the
notice  shall be given, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but
any  such  notice  may  be  given:  (a)  in writing, by mail, postage prepaid,
addressed to the director, committee member, or security holder at the address
appearing  on  the  books  of  the  corporation;  or  (b)  in any other method
permitted  by  law. Any notice required or permitted to be given by mail shall
be  deemed  given  at  the  time when the same is thus deposited in the United
States  mails.

     5.02     Waiver.    Whenever,  by  statute  or  the  articles  of
              ------
incorporation  or  these  bylaws, notice is required to be given to a security
holder, a committee member, or director, a waiver thereof in writing signed by
the  person  or  persons entitled to such notice, whenever before or after the
time  stated in such notice, shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice.
Attendance  at  a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting,
except  where  a  person  attends  for the express purpose of objecting to the
transaction  of  any  business  on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully
called  or  convened.

<PAGE>

                        ARTICLE 6: OFFICERS AND AGENTS

     6.01     Number;  Qualification;  Election;  Term.
              ----------------------------------------

     (a)      The corporation shall have: (l) a president, a vice president, a
secretary  and  a treasurer; and (2) such other officers (including a chairman
of the board and additional vice presidents) and assistant officers and agents
as  the  board  of  directors  may  think  necessary.

     (b)          No  officer  or agent need be a shareholder, a director or a
resident  of  any  particular  state.

     (c)      Officers named in Bylaw 6.01(a)(1) shall be elected by the board
of  directors  on  the  expiration  of an officer's term or whenever a vacancy
exists.  Officers  and  agents named in Bylaw 6.01(a)(2) may be elected by the
board  of  any  meeting.

     (d)       Unless otherwise specified by the board at the time of election
or  appointment,  or  in  an  employment  contract approved by the board, each
officer's  and  agent's term shall end at the first meeting of directors after
the  next  annual meeting of shareholders. He shall serve until the end of his
term  or,  if  earlier,  his  death,  resignation,  or  removal.

     (e)        Any two or more offices may be held by the same person, except
that  the  president  and  the  secretary  shall  not  be  the  same  person.

     6.02     Removal.  Any  officer  or  agent  elected  or  appointed by the
              -------
board  of  directors  may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its
judgment  the  best  interests of the corporation will be served thereby. Such
removal  shall  be  without  prejudice  to the contract rights, if any, of the
person so removed. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of
itself  create  contract  rights.

     6.03     Vacancies.    Any  vacancy  occurring  in  any  office  of  the
              ---------
corporation (by death, resignation, removal or otherwise) may be filled by the
board  of  directors.

     6.04     Authority.  Officers  and  agents  shall have such authority and
              ---------
perform  such  duties  in the management of the corporation as are provided in
these  bylaws  or as may be determined by resolution of the board of directors
not  inconsistent  with  these  bylaws.

     6.05     Compensation.  The  compensation  of  officers  and agents shall
              ------------
be  fixed  from  time  to  time  by  the  board  of  directors.

     6.06     President.    The  president  shall  be  the  chief  executive
              ---------
officer  of  the  corporation;  he  shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of  the
shareholders  and  the  board  of  directors,  shall  have  general and active
management  of the business and affairs of the corporation, shall see that all
orders  and resolutions of the board are carried into effect. He shall perform
such  other  duties  and  have such other authority and powers as the board of
directors  may  from  time  to  time  prescribe.

     6.07     Vice President.  The  vice  presidents  in  the  order  of their
              --------------
seniority,  unless  otherwise  determined by the board of directors, shall, in
the  absence  or  disability of the president, perform the duties and have the
authority  and  exercise  the powers of the president. They shall perform such
other  duties  and  have  such  other  authority  and  powers  as the board of
directors may from time to time prescribe or as the president may from time to
time  delegate.

     6.08     Secretary.
              ---------

<PAGE>

     (a)     The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors
and  all  meetings  of  the shareholders and record all votes, actions and the
minutes  of  all  proceedings  in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall
perform  like  duties  for  the  executive and other committees when required.

     (b)        He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of
the  shareholders  and  special  meetings  of  the  board  of  directors.

     (c)        He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the corporation and,
when authorized by the board of directors or the executive committee, affix it
to  any  instrument requiring it. When so affixed, it shall be attested by his
signature  or  by  the  signature  of the treasurer or an assistant secretary.

     (d)          He shall be under the supervision of the president. He shall
perform  such  other  duties  and  have such other authority and powers as the
board  of  directors  may  from time to time prescribe or as the president may
from  time  to  time  prescribe.

     6.09     Assistant Secretary.  The  assistant  secretaries  in  the order
              -------------------
of  their  seniority,  unless  otherwise determined by the board of directors,
shall,  in  the absence or disability of the secretary, perform the duties and
have  the  authority  and  exercise  the  powers  of the secretary. They shall
perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors
may  from  time  to  time  prescribe or as the president may from time to time
prescribe.

     6.10     Treasurer.
              ---------

     (a)       The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and
securities  and  shall  keep  full  and  accurate  accounts  of  receipts  and
disbursements  of  the  corporation  and  shall  deposit  all moneys and other
valuables  in  the  name  and to the credit of the corporation in depositories
designated  by  the  board  of  directors.

     (b)      He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as ordered by the
board  of  directors,  and  prepare  financial  statements  as  they  direct.

     (c)          If  required  by  the  board of directors, he shall give the
corporation  a  bond  (in  such  form,  in  such  sum, and with such surety or
sureties  as  shall be satisfactory to the board) for the faithful performance
of  the  duties  of  his  office  and  for  the
restoration  to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement
or  removal  from  office,  of  all  books,  papers, vouchers, money and other
property  of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to
the  corporation.

     (d)      He shall perform such other duties and have such other authority
and powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe or as the
president  may  from  time  to  time  delegate.

     6.11     Assistant Treasurers.  The  assistant  treasurers  in  the order
              --------------------
of  their  seniority,  unless  otherwise determined by the board of directors,
shall,  in  the absence or disability of the treasurer, perform the duties and
have  the  authority  and  exercise  the  powers  of the treasurer. They shall
perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors
may  from  time  to  time  prescribe  or  the  president may from time to time
delegate.


                   ARTICLE 7: CERTIFICATES AND SHAREHOLDERS

<PAGE>

     7.01     Certificates.   Certificates  in  the  form  determined  by  the
              ------------
board  of  directors  shall  be  delivered  representing  all  shares to which
shareholders  are  entitled.  Certificates shall be consecutively numbered and
shall  be  entered  in  the  books of the corporation as they are issued. Each
certificate shall state on its face the holder's name, the number and class of
shares,  the  par  value of shares or a statement that such shares are without
par  value,  and  such  other  matters  as may be required by law. It shall be
signed by the president or a vice president and such other officer or officers
as  the board of directors shall designate, and may be sealed with the seal of
the corporation or a facsimile thereof. If a certificate is countersigned by a
transfer  agent,  or  an assistant transfer agent or registered by a registrar
(either  of  which  is  other  than  the  corporation  or  an  employee of the
corporation),  the  signature  of  any  officer  may  be  facsimile.

     7.02     Issuance.  Shares  (both  treasury  and authorized but unissued)
              --------
may  be  issued  for  such consideration (not less than par value) and to such
persons  as the board of directors may determine from time to time. Shares may
not be issued until the full amount of the consideration, fixed as provided by
law,  has  been  paid.

     7.03     Payment  for  Shares.
              --------------------

     (a)      Kind. The  consideration  for  this  issuance  of  shares  shall
              ----
consist  of money paid, labor done, (including services actually performed for
the  corporation),  property  (tangible  or  intangible)  actually  received,
promissory  notes  or  the  promise  of  future  services.

     (b)      Valuation.  In  the  absence  of  fraud  in the transaction, the
              ---------
judgment  of  the board of directors as to the value of consideration received
shall  be  conclusive.

     (c)      Effect.  When  consideration,  fixed  as  provided  by  law, has
              ------
been  paid,  the  shares  shall  be  deemed  to  have been issued and shall be
considered  fully  paid  and  nonassessable.

     (d)      Allocation of Consideration.   The  consideration  received  for
              ---------------------------
shares  shall  be allocated by the board of directors, in accordance with law,
between  stated  capital  and  capital  surplus  accounts.

     7.04     Subscription.  Unless  otherwise  provided  in  the subscription
              ------------
agreement, subscriptions for shares, whether made before or after organization
of the corporation, shall be paid in full at such time or in such installments
and  at  such times as shall be determined by the board of directors. Any call
made  by  the board of directors for payment on subscriptions shall be uniform
as  to all shares of the same series. In case of default in the payment on any
installment  or  call  when  payment  is  due,  the corporation may proceed to
collect  the amount due in the same manner as any debt due to the corporation.

     7.05     Lien.    For  any  indebtedness  of  a  shareholder  to  the
              ----
corporation,  the  corporation shall have a first and prior lien on all shares
of its stock owned by him and on all dividends or other distributions declared
thereon.

     7.06     Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.   The  corporation
              --------------------------------------
shall  issue  a  new  certificate  in  place  of  any  certificate  for shares
previously  issued  if  the  registered  owner  of  the  certificate:

     (a)      Claim.  Makes  proof  in  affidavit  form that it has been lost,
              -----
destroyed  or  wrongfully  taken;  and

     (b)      Timely Request.  Requests  the  issuance  of  a  new certificate
              -----------------
before  the corporation has notice that the certificate has been acquired by a
purchaser  for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim; and

     (c)      Bond.  Gives  a  bond  in  such  form,  and  with such surety or
              ----
sureties,  with  fixed  or  open  penalty,  as  the corporation may direct, to
indemnify  the  corporation  (and  its  transfer  agent and registrar, if any)
against  any  claim  that  may  be  made  on  account  of  the  alleged  loss,
destruction,  or  theft  of  the  certificate;  and

<PAGE>

     (d)      Other  Requirements.    Satisfies  any  other  reasonable
              -------------------
requirements  imposed  by  the corporation.  When a certificate has been lost,
apparently  destroyed  or  wrongfully taken, and the holder of record fails to
notify the corporation within a reasonable time after he has notice of it, and
the  corporation  registers  a  transfer  of  the  shares  represented  by the
certificate  before  receiving  such  notification,  the  holder  of record is
precluded  from  making  any claim against the corporation for the transfer or
for  a  new  certificate.

     7.07     Registration of Transfer.  The  corporation  shall  register the
              ------------------------
transfer  of  a  certificate  for  shares  presented  to  it  for transfer if:

     (a)      Endorsement.  The  certificate  is  properly  endorsed  by  the
              -----------
registered  owner  or  by  his  duly  authorized  attorney;  and

     (b)      Guarantee and Effectiveness of Signature.    The  signature  of
              ----------------------------------------
such person has been guaranteed by a national banking association or member of
New  York  Stock  Exchange,  and  reasonable  assurance  is  given  that  such
endorsements  are  effective;  and

     (c)      Adverse Claims.  The  corporation  has  no  notice of an adverse
              --------------
claim  or  has  discharged  any  duty  to  inquire  into  such  a  claim;  and

     (d)      Collection  of Taxes.  Any  applicable  law  relating  to  the
              --------------------
collection  of  taxes  has  been  complied  with.

     7.08     Registered Owner.  Prior  to  due  presentment  for registration
              ----------------
of  transfer  of  a  certificate  for  shares,  the  corporation may treat the
registered  owner  as  the  person  exclusively  entitled  to vote, to receive
notices  and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of a shareholder.

     7.09     Pre-Emptive Rights.    No  shareholder  or  other  person  shall
              ------------------
have  any  pre-emptive  right  whatsoever.


                           ARTICLE 8: GENERAL PROVISIONS

     8.01     Dividends  and  Reserves.
              ------------------------

     (a)      Declaration and Payment.  Subject to statute  and  the  articles
              -----------------------
of  incorporation,  dividends may be declared by the board of directors at any
regular  or special meeting and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares
of  the corporation. The declaration and payment shall be at the discretion of
the  board  of  directors.

     (b)      Record Date.  The  board  of  directors  may  fix  in  advance a
              -----------
record  date  for  the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive
payment  of any dividend, the record date to be not more than fifty days prior
to  the payment date of such dividend, or the board of directors may close the
stock transfer books for such purpose for a period of not more than fifty days
prior  to  the  payment date of such dividend. In the absence of any action by
the  board of directors, the date upon which the board of directors adopts the
resolution  declaring  the  dividend  shall  be  the  record  date.

     (c)      Reserves.  By  resolution  the  board  of  directors  may create
              --------
such  reserve  or reserves out of the earned surplus of the corporation as the
directors  from time to time, in their discretion, think proper to provide for
contingencies, or to equalize dividends, or to repair or maintain any property
of  the  corporation,  or  for  any other purpose they think beneficial to the
corporation.  The  directors  may  modify  or  abolish any such reserve in the
manner  in  which  it  was  created.

<PAGE>

     8.02     Books and Records.   The  corporation  shall  keep  correct  and
              -----------------
complete  books  and  records  of  account  and  shall  keep  minutes  of  the
proceedings  of its shareholders and board of directors, and shall keep at its
registered  office  or  principal  place  of business, or at the office of its
transfer  agent  or  registrar, a record of its shareholders, giving the names
and  addresses of all shareholders and the number and class of the shares held
by  each.

     8.03     Annual Statement.  The  board  of  directors  shall mail to each
              ----------------
shareholder of record, at least 10 days before each annual meeting, a full and
clear  statement of the business and condition of the corporation, including a
reasonably  detailed  balance  sheet, income statement, surplus statement, and
statement  of  changes in financial position, for the last fiscal year and for
the  prior  fiscal  year,  all  prepared in conformity with generally accepted
accounting  principles  applied  on  a  consistent  basis  and  certified  by
independent  public  accountants.

     8.04     Checks and Notes.  All  checks  or  demands  for money and notes
              ----------------
of  the  corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other
person  or  persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

     8.05     Fiscal Year.  The  fiscal  year  of  the  corporation  shall  be
              -----------
fixed  by  resolution  of  the  board  of  directors.

     8.06     Seal.  The  corporation  seal  (of  which  there  may  be one or
              ----
more  exemplars) shall contain the name of the corporation and the name of the
state of incorporation. The seal may be used by impressing it or reproducing a
facsimile  of  it,  or  otherwise.

     8.07     Indemnification;  Insurance.
              ---------------------------

     (a)          Persons.   The corporation shall indemnify,  to  the  extent
provided  in  paragraphs  (b),  (d)  or  (f):

     (l)      any person who is or was director, officer, agent or employee of
the  corporation,  and

     (2)     any person who serves or served at the corporation's request as a
director,  officer, agent, employee, partner or trustee of another corporation
or  of  a  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust  or  other  enterprise.

     (b)      Extent--Derivative Suits.  In  case  of  a  suit  by  or  in the
              ------------------------
right  of the corporation against a person named in paragraph (a) by reason of
his holding a position named in paragraph (a), the corporation shall indemnify
him  if  he  satisfies  the standard in paragraph (c), for expenses (including
attorneys'  fees  but  excluding  amounts  paid  in  settlement)  actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of the
suit.

     (c)      Standard--Derivative Suits.  In  case  of  a  suit  by or in the
              --------------------------
right of the corporation, a person named in paragraph (a) shall be indemnified
only  if:

               (l)          he  is  successful  on the merits or otherwise, or

     (2)     he acted in good faith in the transaction which is the subject of
the  suit, and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to,
the best interests of the corporation. However, he shall not be indemnified in
respect  of any claim, issue or matter as to which he has been adjudged liable
for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation
unless  (and  only to the extent that) the court in which the suit was brought
shall  determine,  upon application, that despite the adjudication but in view
of  all  the  circumstances, he is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity
for  such  expenses  as  the  court  shall  deem  proper.

<PAGE>

     (d)      Extent--Nonderivative Suits.  In  case  of  a  suit,  action  or
              ---------------------------
proceeding,  (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative), other
than a suit by or in the right of the corporation, together hereafter referred
to  as a nonderivative suit, against a person named in paragraph (a) by reason
of  his  holding  a  position  named  in  paragraph (a), the corporation shall
indemnify  him  if  he  satisfies  the  standard in paragraph (e), for amounts
actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by  him in connection with the defense or
settlement  of  the  nonderivative  suit  as
(1)            expenses  (including  attorney's  fees),
(2)          amounts  paid  in  settlement,
(3)          judgments,  and
(4)          fines.

     (e)      Standard--Non-derivative Suits.   In  case  of  a non-derivative
              ------------------------------
suit,  a  person  named  in  paragraph  (a)  shall  be  indemnified  only  if:

               (l)          he  is  successful  on the merits or otherwise, or

     (2)     he acted in good faith in the transaction which is the subject of
the  non-derivative  suit, and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or
not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any
criminal  action  or  proceeding,  he had no reason to believe his conduct was
unlawful.  The  termination  of  a  non-derivative  suit  by  judgment, order,
settlement,  conviction,  or  upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent
shall  not,  of itself, create a presumption that the person failed to satisfy
the  standard  of  this  paragraph  (e)(2).

     (f)      Determination That Standard Has Been Met.    A  determination
              ----------------------------------------
that  the standard of paragraph (c) or (e) has been satisfied may be made by a
court.  Or,  except  as  stated  in  paragraph  (c)(2)(2nd  sentence),  the
determination  may  be  made  by:

               (l)     a majority of the directors of the corporation (whether
or  not  a  quorum) who were not parties to the action, suit or proceeding, or

     (2)          independent  legal  counsel  (appointed by a majority of the
directors  of  the  corporation,  whether  or  not a quorum, or elected by the
shareholders  of  the  corporation)  in  a  written  opinion,  or

     (3)          the  shareholders  of  the  corporation.

     (g)      Proration.  Anyone  making  a  determination under paragraph (f)
              ---------
may  determine  that a person has met the standards as to some matters but not
as  to  others,  and  may  reasonably  prorate  amounts  to  be  indemnified.

     (h)      Advance  Payment.   The  corporation  may  pay  in  advance  any
              ----------------
expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees)  which  may  become  subject  to
indemnification  under  paragraphs  (a)-(g)  if:

     (l)      the  board  of  directors  authorizes  the specific payment, and

     (2)       the person receiving the payment undertakes in writing to repay
unless  it  is ultimately determined that he is entitled to indemnification by
the  corporation  under  paragraphs  (a)-(g).

     (i)      Nonexclusive.    The  indemnification  provided  by  paragraphs
              ------------
(a)-(g)  shall  not  be exclusive of any other rights to which a person may be
entitled  by  law,  bylaw,  agreement,  vote  of shareholders or disinterested
directors,  or  otherwise.

     (j)      Continuation.    The  indemnification  and  advance  payment
              ------------
provided by paragraphs (a)-(g) shall continue as to a person who has ceased to
hold a position named in paragraph (a) and shall inure to his heirs, executors
and  administrators.

<PAGE>

     (k)      Insurance.    The  corporation  may  purchase  and  maintain
              ---------
insurance on behalf of any person who holds or who has held any position named
in  paragraph (a), against any liability incurred by him in any such position,
or  arising  out  of  his status as such, whether or not the corporation would
have  power  to indemnify him against such liability under paragraphs (a)-(h).

     (l)      Reports.    Indemnification  payments,  advance  payments,  and
              -------
insurance  purchases  and  payments  made  under  paragraphs  (a)-(k) shall be
reported  in  writing  to  the  shareholders  of the corporation with the next
notice  of  annual  meeting,  or  within  six  months,  whichever  is  sooner.

     8.08     Resignation.    Any  director,  committee  member,  officer  or
              -----------
agent  may  resign by giving written notice to the president or the secretary.
The  resignation  shall  take  effect  at  the  time  specified  therein,  or
immediately  if  no time is specified. Unless otherwise specified therein, the
acceptance  of  such  resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

     8.09     Amendment  of  Bylaws.
              ---------------------

     (a)      These bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed at any meeting
of  the  board  of  directors at which a quorum is present, by the affirmative
vote  of  a majority of the directors present at such meeting, provided notice
of the proposed alteration, amendment, or repeal is contained in the notice of
the  meeting.

     (b)         These bylaws may also be altered, amended, or repealed at any
meeting  of  the  shareholders at which a quorum is present or represented, by
the  affirmative  vote  of  the holders of a majority of the shares present or
represented  at  the  meeting and entitled to vote thereat, provided notice of
the proposed alteration, amendment or repeal is contained in the notice of the
meeting.

     8.10     Construction.    Whenever  the  context  so  requires,  the
              ------------
masculine  shall  include  the  feminine  and  neuter,  and the singular shall
include  the  plural,  and conversely. If any portion of these bylaws shall be
invalid  or  inoperative,  then,  so  far  as  is  reasonable  and  possible:

     (a)          The  remainder of these bylaws shall be considered valid and
operative,  and

     (b)         Effect shall be given to the intent manifested by the portion
held  invalid  or  inoperative.

     8.11     Table  of Contents; Headings.    The  table  of  contents  and
              ----------------------------
headings  are for organization, convenience and clarity. In interpreting these
bylaws,  they  shall  be  subordinated  in  importance  to  the  other written
material.

     8.12     Relation to Articles of Incorporation.    These  bylaws  are
              -------------------------------------
subject  to  and  governed  by,  the  articles  of  incorporation.

<PAGE>

     We  the undersigned, president and secretary of the Corporation do hereby
certify  that  the  foregoing  bylaws  are  the  true and legal bylaws of FLEX
ACQUISITIONS  CORPORATION, a Texas Corporation, and that the same were adopted
unanimously  by Action of Board of Directors Without Organizational Meeting on
the  22nd  day  of  March,  1996



                              /S/  M.  Stephen  Roberts
                              _____________________________________
                              M.  Stephen  Roberts,  President


ATTEST:



/S/  M.  Stephen  Roberts
_______________________________
M.  Stephen  Roberts,  Secretary



<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 3.4











     _________________________________________________________________

                                    BYLAWS

                                      OF

                          FLEX FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

     _________________________________________________________________

<PAGE>

                             TABLE OF CONTENTS
                             -----------------

Article  1:  Offices

          1.01          Registered  Office  &  Agent
          1.02          Other  Offices

Article  2:  Shareholders

          2.01          Place  of  Meetings
          2.02          Annual  Meetings
          2.03          Voting  List
          2.04          Special  Meetings
          2.05          Notice
          2.06          Quorum
          2.07          Majority  Vote;  Withdrawal  of  Quorum
          2.08          Method  of  Voting
          2.09          Record  Date;  Closing  of  Transfer  Books
          2.10          Action  Without  Meeting
          2.11          Telephone  and  Similar  Meetings
          2.12          Order  of  Business  at  Meetings

Article  3:  Directors

          3.01          Management
          3.02          Number;  Qualification;  Election;  Term
          3.03          Change  in  Number
          3.04          Removal
          3.05          Vacancies
          3.06          Election  of  Directors
          3.07          Place  of  Meetings
          3.08          First  Meetings
          3.09          Regular  Meetings
          3.10          Special  Meetings
          3.11          Quorum;  Majority  Vote
          3.12          Compensation
          3.13          Procedure
          3.14          Action  without  Meeting
          3.15          Telephone  and  Similar  Meetings
          3.16          Interested  Directors;  Officers  and  Shareholders

Article  4:  Executive  Committee

          4.01          Designation
          4.02          Number;  Qualification;  Term
          4.03          Authority
          4.04          Change  in  Number
          4.05          Removal
          4.06          Vacancies
          4.07          Meetings
          4.08          Quorum;  Majority  Vote
          4.09          Compensation
          4.10          Procedure
          4.11          Action  Without  Meeting
          4.12          Telephone  and  Similar  Meetings
          4.13          Responsibility

Article  5:  Notice

          5.01          Method
          5.02          Waiver

<PAGE>

Article  6:  Officers  &  Agents

          6.01          Number;  Qualification;  Election;  Term
          6.02          Removal
          6.03          Vacancies
          6.04          Authority
          6.05          Compensation
          6.06          President
          6.07          Vice  President
          6.08          Secretary
          6.09          Assistant  Secretary
          6.10          Treasurer
          6.11          Assistant  Treasurer

Article  7:  Certificates  and  Shareholders

          7.01          Certificates
          7.02          Issuance
          7.03          Payment  for  Shares
          7.04          Subscriptions
          7.05          Lien
          7.06          Lost,  Stolen  or  Destroyed  Certificates
          7.07          Registration  of  Transfer
          7.08          Registered  Owner
          7.09          Pre-Emptive  Rights

Article  8:  General  Provisions

          8.01          Dividends  and  Reserves
          8.02          Books  and  Records
          8.03          Annual  Statement
          8.04          Checks  and  Notes
          8.05          Fiscal  Year
          8.06          Seal
          8.07          Indemnification;  Insurance
          8.08          Resignation
          8.09          Amendment  of  Bylaws
          8.10          Construction
          8.11          Table  of  Contents;  Headings
          8.12          Relation  to  Articles  of  Incorporation

<PAGE>

                              ARTICLE 1: OFFICES

     1.01     Registered Office & Agent.    The  registered  office  of  the
              -------------------------
corporation  shall  be  at  such  address  within the State of Texas as may be
specified  from  time  to  time  by  the  board  of directors. The name of the
registered  agent at such address shall be designated from time to time by the
board  of  directors.

     1.02     Other Offices.  The  corporation  may  also have offices at such
              -------------
other  places  both  within  and  without  the  State of Texas as the board of
directors  may  from time to time determine or the business of the corporation
may  require.


                           ARTICLE 2: SHAREHOLDERS

     2.01     Place of Meetings.  Meetings  of  shareholders  shall be held at
              -----------------
the time and place, within or without the State of Texas, stated in the notice
of  the  meeting  or  in  a  waiver  of  notice.

     2.02     Annual Meetings.  An  annual  meeting  of the shareholders shall
              ---------------
be  held  each  year  at  10  a.m.  on  a  day  during the fourth month of the
corporation's  fiscal year to be selected by the board of directors. If such a
day  is  a  legal  holiday, then the meeting shall be on the next business day
following. At the meeting, the shareholders shall elect directors and transact
such  other  business  as  may  properly  be  brought  before  the  meeting.

     2.03     Voting  List.    At  least  ten  days  before  each  meeting  of
              ------------
shareholders,  a  complete  list  of  the shareholders entitled to vote at the
meeting,  arranged  in  alphabetical  order,  with the address of each and the
number  of  voting  shares  held  by each, shall be prepared by the officer or
agent having charge of the stock transfer books. The list, for a period of ten
days  prior  to  the meeting, shall be kept on file at the principal office of
the  corporation  and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any
time  during  usual  business  hours. The list shall also be produced and kept
open  at  the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and
shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of
the  meeting.

     2.04     Special Meetings.  Special  meetings  of  the  shareholders, for
              ----------------
any  purpose  or  purposes,  unless  otherwise prescribed by statute or by the
articles of incorporation, or by these bylaws, may be called by the president,
the  board  of directors, or the holders of not less than one-tenth of all the
shares  entitled  to  vote  at  the meetings. Business transacted at a special
meeting shall be confined to the purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

     2.05     Notice.  Written  or  printed  notice stating the place, day and
              ------
hour of the meeting and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes
for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten nor more
than  fifty days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail,
by  or  at  the  direction  of the president, the secretary, or the officer or
person  calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at
the  meeting.  If  mailed,  such  notice  shall be deemed to be delivered when
deposited  in  the  United  States  mail  addressed  to the shareholder at his
address  as  it  appears  on the stock transfer books of the corporation, with
postage  thereon  prepaid.  (See  also  Bylaws  5.01  and  5.02.)

     2.06     Quorum.  The  holders  of  a  majority  of the shares issued and
              ------
outstanding  and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by
proxy,  shall  be  requisite  and shall constitute a quorum at meetings of the
shareholders  for  the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by
statute,  by  the articles of incorporation or by these bylaws. If a quorum is
not  present or represented at a meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders
entitled  to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power
to  adjourn  the  meeting  from  time  to  time,  without  notice  other  than
announcement  at  the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At an
adjourned  meeting  at  which a quorum is present or represented, any business
may  be  transacted  which  might  have  been  transacted  at  the  meeting as
originally  notified.

<PAGE>

     2.07     Majority  Vote;  Withdrawal of Quorum.    When  a  quorum  is
              -------------------------------------
present  at  a  meeting,  the  vote of the holders of a majority of the shares
having  voting  power, present in person or represented by proxy, shall decide
any  question brought before the meeting, unless the question is one on which,
by  express provision of the statutes, the articles of incorporation, or these
bylaws,  a  higher  vote is required in which case the express provision shall
govern. The shareholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to
transact  business  until  adjournment,  despite  the  withdrawal  of  enough
shareholders  to  leave  less  than  a  quorum.

     2.08     Method of Voting.    Each  outstanding  share,  regardless  of
              ----------------
class,  shall  be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a
meeting  of  shareholders,  except to the extent that the voting rights of the
shares  of  any  class  or  classes  are  limited or denied by the articles of
incorporation.  At  any  meeting of the shareholders, every shareholder having
the  right  to vote may vote either in person, or by proxy executed in writing
by  the shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall
be  valid after eleven months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise
provided in the proxy. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided
therein  to  be irrevocable and unless otherwise made irrevocable by law. Each
proxy  shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation prior to or at the
time  of the meeting. Voting for directors shall be in accordance with Section
3.06  of  these  bylaws.  Any  vote  may be taken by voice or by show of hands
unless  someone  entitled to vote objects, in which case written ballots shall
be  used.

     2.09     Record Date, Closing Transfer Books.   The  board  of  directors
              -----------------------------------
may  fix  in advance a record date for the purpose of determining shareholders
entitled  to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the shareholders, the record
date to be not less than ten nor more than fifty days prior to the meeting; or
the board of directors may close the stock transfer books for such purpose for
a  period of not less than ten nor more than fifty days prior to such meeting.
In  the  absence  of any action by the board of directors, the date upon which
the  notice  of  the  meeting  is  mailed  shall  be  the  record  date.

     2.10     Action Without Meeting.  Any  action  required  by statute to be
              ----------------------
taken  at a meeting of the shareholders, or any action which may be taken at a
meeting  of  the  shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in
writing  setting  forth  the  action  so  taken, shall be signed by all of the
shareholders  entitled  to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof and
such  consent  shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the
shareholders.  The  signed  consent,  or  a signed copy shall be placed in the
minute  book.

     2.11     Telephone and Similar Meetings.    Shareholders,  directors  and
              ------------------------------
committee members may participate in and hold a meeting by means of conference
telephone  or  similar  communications equipment by means of which all persons
participating  in  the  meeting  can  hear each other. Participation in such a
meeting  shall  constitute  presence  in person at the meeting, except where a
person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the
transaction  of  any  business  on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully
called  or  convened.

     2.12     Order of Business at Meetings.    The  order  of  business  at
              -----------------------------
annual  meetings  and  so far as practicable at other meetings of shareholders
shall  be  as  follows  unless  changed  by  the  board  of  directors:

(1)          call  to  order
(2)          proof  of  due  notice  of  meeting
(3)          determination  of  quorum  and  examination  of  proxies
(4)          announcement  of  availability  of  voting  list
             (See  Bylaw  2.03)
(5)          announcement  of  distribution  of  annual  statement
             (See  Bylaw  8.03)
(6)          reading and disposing of minutes of last meeting of shareholders
(7)          reports  of  officers  and  committees
(8)          appointment  of  voting  inspectors

<PAGE>

(9)          unfinished  business
(10)         new  business
(11)         nomination  of  directors
(12)         opening  of  polls  for  voting
(13)         recess
(14)         reconvening;  closing  of  polls
(15)         report  of  voting  inspectors
(16)         other  business
(17)         adjournment


                             ARTICLE 3: DIRECTORS

     3.01     Management.    The  business  and  affairs  of  the  corporation
              ----------
shall be managed by the board of directors who may exercise all such powers of
the  corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not (by statute
or  by  the articles of incorporation or by these bylaws) directed or required
to  be  exercised  or  done  by  the  shareholders.

     3.02     Number;  Qualification;  Election;  Term.    The  board  of
              ----------------------------------------
directors shall consist of one (1) person; provided however, that the board of
directors may, in its discretion, increase or decrease the number of directors
constituting  the board of directors to not less than one  (1) person nor more
than  nine  (9)  persons,  who  need  not  be a shareholder or resident of any
particular  state.   The director named in the Articles of Incorporation shall
hold  office  until  the  first  annual  meeting of shareholders and until his
successors are elected and qualified, either at an annual or a special meeting
of  shareholders.    Directors  other  than  those  named  in  the Articles of
Incorporation  shall hold office until the next annual meeting and until their
successors  are  elected  and  qualified.

     3.03     Change in Number.    The  number  of  directors may be increased
              ----------------
or  decreased  from  time to time by amendment to these bylaws but no decrease
shall  have  the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director.  Any
directorship  to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors
shall  be  filled  by election at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of
shareholders  called  for  that  purpose.

     3.04     Removal.  Any  director  may  be  removed  either for or without
              -------
cause  at  any  special  or annual meeting of shareholders, by the affirmative
vote  of a majority in number of shares of the shareholders present, in person
or  by  proxy,  at  such meeting and entitled to vote for the election of such
director  if notice of intention to act upon such matter shall have been given
in  the  notice  calling  such  meeting.

     3.05     Vacancies.  Any  vacancy  occurring  in  the  board of directors
              ---------
(by  death, resignation, removal or otherwise) may be filled by an affirmative
vote of a majority of the remaining directors though less than a quorum of the
board  of directors. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for
the  unexpired  term  of  his  predecessor  in  office.

     3.06     Election  of  Directors.    Directors  shall  be  elected  by
              -----------------------
plurality  vote.  Cumulative  voting  shall  not  be  permitted.

     3.07     Place  of Meetings.    Meetings  of  the  board  of  directors,
              ------------------
regular  or  special, may be held either within or without the State of Texas.

     3.08     First Meetings.  The  first  meeting  of  a  newly elected board
              --------------
shall  be held without further notice immediately following the annual meeting
of  shareholders,  and  at  the same place, unless by unanimous consent of the
directors  then  elected  and  serving  the  time  or  place  is  changed.

     3.09     Regular Meetings.  Regular  meetings of  the board  of directors
              ----------------
may  be  held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time
be  determined  by  the  board.

<PAGE>

     3.10     Special Meetings.  Special  meetings  of  the board of directors
              ----------------
may  be called by the president on three days' notice to each director, either
personally  or by mail or by telegram. Special meetings shall be called by the
president  or  secretary  in  like  manner  and  on like notice on the written
request  of  two directors. Except as otherwise expressly provided by statute,
articles  of  incorporation,  or  these  bylaws,  neither  the  business to be
transacted  at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting need be specified in a
notice  or  waiver  of  notice.

     3.11     Quorum; Majority Vote.  At  meetings  of  the board of directors
              ---------------------
a majority of the number of directors fixed by these bylaws shall constitute a
quorum  for  the  transaction of business; provided however, that in the event
there are vacancies occurring in the board that are not filled then a majority
of the directors then serving shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business. The act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which
a  quorum  is  present  shall  be the act of the board of directors, except as
otherwise  specifically provided by statute, the articles of incorporation, or
these  bylaws.  If  a  quorum  is  not  present  at  a meeting of the board of
directors,  the  directors  present may adjourn the meeting from time to time,
without  notice  other  than  announcement  at  the  meting, until a quorum is
present.

     3.12     Compensation.  By  resolution  of  the  board  of directors, the
              ------------
directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of
the  board  of  directors  and  may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each
meeting  of  the  board  of  directors or a stated salary as director. No such
payment  shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other
capacity  and  receiving  compensation  therefor.  Members  of  the  executive
committee or of special or standing committees may, by resolution of the board
of  directors,  be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

     3.13     Procedure.  The board of directors shall  keep  regular  minutes
              ---------
of  its  proceedings.  The  minutes  shall be placed in the minute book of the
corporation.

     3.14     Action Without Meeting.  Any  action  required  or  permitted to
              ----------------------
be taken at a meeting of the board of directors may be taken without a meeting
if  a  consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all
of  the  members  of  the board of directors. Such consent shall have the same
force  and  effect  as a unanimous vote at a meeting. The signed consent, or a
signed  copy,  shall  be  placed  in  the  minute  book.

     3.15     Telephone and Similar Meetings.    Directors  and  committee
              -----------------------------
members may participate in and hold a meeting by means of conference telephone
or  similar  communications  equipment  by  means  of  which  all  persons
participating  in  the  meeting  can  hear each other. Participation in such a
meeting  shall  constitute  presence  in person at the meeting, except where a
person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the
transaction  of  any  business  on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully
called  or  convened.

     3.16     Interested  Directors;  Officers  and  Security Holders.
              -------------------------------------------------------

     (A)      Validity.  If  paragraph  (B) is satisfied, no contract or other
              --------
transaction  between  the  corporation  and  any of its directors, officers or
security holders, or any corporation or firm in which any of them are directly
or indirectly interested, shall be invalid solely because of this relationship
or  because of the presence of the director, officer or security holder at the
meeting  authorizing the contract or transaction, or his participation or vote
in  the  meeting  or  authorization.

     (B)      Disclosure, Approval; Fairness.    Paragraph  (A)  shall  apply
              ------------------------------
only  if:

     (l)       the material facts of the relationship or interest of each such
director,  officer  or  security  holder  are  known  or  disclosed:

<PAGE>

     (a)          to  the board of directors and it nevertheless authorizes or
ratifies  the  contract or transaction by a majority of the directors present,
each such interested director to be counted in determining whether a quorum is
present  but  not  in calculating the majority necessary to carry the vote; or

     (b)     to the shareholders and they nevertheless authorize or ratify the
contract  or  transaction  by  a  majority  of  the  shares present, each such
interested  person  to  be  counted  for  quorum  and  voting  purposes;  or

     (2)      the contract or transaction is fair to the corporation as of the
time  it  is  authorized  or  ratified  by  the  board  of  directors  or  the
shareholders.

     (C) Non-Exclusive.  This provision  shall not be construed  to invalidate
         -------------
a  contract  or  transaction  which  would  be  valid  in  the absence of this
provision.


                        ARTICLE 4: EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

     4.01     Designation.    The  board  of  directors  may,  by  resolution
              -----------
adopted  by  a  majority of the whole board, designate an executive committee.

     4.02     Number; Qualification; Term.    The  executive  committee  shall
              ---------------------------
consist  of  one  or  more  directors, one of whom shall be the president. The
executive  committee  shall  serve  at the pleasure of the board of directors.

     4.03     Authority.  The  executive  committee,  to  the  extent provided
              ---------
in  such  resolution,  shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the
board  of  directors  in  the  management  of  the business and affairs of the
corporation,  including authority over the use of the corporate seal. However,
the executive committee shall not have the authority of the board in reference
to:

(a)  amending  the  articles  of  incorporation;
(b)  approving  a  plan  of  merger  or  consolidation;
(c)  recommending  to  the  shareholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or
     substantially all of the property and assets of the corporation otherwise
     than  in  the  usual  and  regular  course  of  its  business;
(d)  recommending  to  the  shareholders  a  voluntary  dissolution  of  the
     corporation  or  a  revocation  thereof;
(e)  amending,  altering,  or  repealing  these bylaws or adopting new bylaws;
(f)  filling  vacancies in or removing members of the board of directors or of
     any  committee  appointed  by  the  board  of  directors;
(g)  fixing  the  compensation  of  any  member  of  such  committee;
(h)  altering  or  repealing any resolution of the board of directors which by
     its  terms  provides that  it  shall  not  be so amendable or repealable;
(i)  declaring  a  dividend;  or
(j)  authorizing  the  issuance  of  shares  of  the  corporation.

     4.04     Change in Number.  The  number  of  executive  committee members
              ----------------
may  be  increased  or  decreased from time to time by resolution adopted by a
majority  of  the  whole  board  of  directors.

     4.05     Removal.    Any  member  of  the  executive  committee  may  be
              -------
removed by the board of directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
whole  board,  whenever  in its judgment the best interests of the corporation
will  be  served  thereby.

     4.06     Vacancies.  A  vacancy  occurring  in  the  executive  committee
              ---------
(by  death,  resignation,  removal or otherwise) may be filled by the board of
directors  in  the  manner  provided  for  original designation in Bylaw 4.01.

<PAGE>

     4.07     Meetings.   Time,  place  and  notice,  (if  any)  of  executive
              --------
committee  meetings  shall  be  determined  by  the  executive  committee.

     4.08     Quorum;  Majority  Vote.    At  meetings  of  the  executive
              -----------------------
committee,  a  majority  of  the  number of members designated by the board of
directors  shall  constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act
of  a  majority  of  the  members  present at any meeting at which a quorum is
present  shall  be  the  act  of  the executive committee, except as otherwise
specifically  provided  by  statute,  the  articles of incorporation, or these
bylaws.  If  a  quorum is not present at a meeting of the executive committee,
the  members present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice
other  than  an  announcement  at  the  meeting,  until  a  quorum is present.

     4.09     Compensation.  By  resolution  of  the  board  of directors, the
              ------------
members  of  the  executive  committee  may be paid their expenses, if any, of
attendance  at  each  meeting of the executive meeting and may be paid a fixed
sum  for  attendance  at  each  meeting of the executive committee or a stated
salary  as  member. No such payment shall preclude any member from serving the
corporation  in  any  other  capacity  and  receiving  compensation  therefor.

     4.10     Procedure.    The  executive  committee  shall  keep  regular
              ---------
minutes  of its proceedings and report the same to the board of directors when
required.  The  minutes of the proceedings of the executive committee shall be
placed  in  the  minute  book  of  the  corporation.

     4.11     Action Without Meeting.  Any  action  required  or  permitted to
              ----------------------
be  taken  at  a  meeting  of  the  executive committee may be taken without a
meeting  if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed
by  all  the  members  of the executive committee. Such consent shall have the
same force and effect as a unanimous vote at a meeting. The signed consent, or
a  signed  copy,  shall  be  placed  in  the  minute  book.

     4.12     Telephone  and  Similar Meetings.    Committee  members  may
              --------------------------------
participate  in and hold a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar
communications  equipment  by  means of which all persons participating in the
meeting can hear each other.  Participation in such a meeting shall constitute
presence  in  person at the meeting, except where a person participates in the
meeting  for  the  express  purpose  of  objecting  to  the transaction of any
business  on  the  ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

     4.13     Responsibility.   The  designation  of  an  executive  committee
              --------------
and  the  delegation of authority to it shall not operate to relieve the board
of  directors, or any member thereof, of any responsibility imposed upon it or
him  by  law.


                              ARTICLE 5: NOTICE

     5.01     Method.  Whenever  by  statute,  the  articles of incorporation,
              ------
these  bylaws,  or  otherwise,  notice  is required to be given to a director,
committee  member,  or security holder, and no provision is made as to how the
notice  shall be given, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but
any  such  notice  may  be  given:  (a)  in writing, by mail, postage prepaid,
addressed to the director, committee member, or security holder at the address
appearing  on  the  books  of  the  corporation;  or  (b)  in any other method
permitted  by  law. Any notice required or permitted to be given by mail shall
be  deemed  given  at  the  time when the same is thus deposited in the United
States  mails.

     5.02     Waiver.    Whenever,  by  statute  or  the  articles  of
              ------
incorporation  or  these  bylaws, notice is required to be given to a security
holder, a committee member, or director, a waiver thereof in writing signed by
the  person  or  persons entitled to such notice, whenever before or after the
time  stated in such notice, shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice.
Attendance  at  a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting,
except  where  a  person  attends  for the express purpose of objecting to the
transaction  of  any  business  on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully
called  or  convened.

<PAGE>

                        ARTICLE 6: OFFICERS AND AGENTS

     6.01     Number;  Qualification;  Election;  Term.
              ----------------------------------------

     (a)      The corporation shall have: (l) a president, a vice president, a
secretary  and  a treasurer; and (2) such other officers (including a chairman
of the board and additional vice presidents) and assistant officers and agents
as  the  board  of  directors  may  think  necessary.

     (b)          No  officer  or agent need be a shareholder, a director or a
resident  of  any  particular  state.

     (c)      Officers named in Bylaw 6.01(a)(1) shall be elected by the board
of  directors  on  the  expiration  of an officer's term or whenever a vacancy
exists.  Officers  and  agents named in Bylaw 6.01(a)(2) may be elected by the
board  of  any  meeting.

     (d)       Unless otherwise specified by the board at the time of election
or  appointment,  or  in  an  employment  contract approved by the board, each
officer's  and  agent's term shall end at the first meeting of directors after
the  next  annual meeting of shareholders. He shall serve until the end of his
term  or,  if  earlier,  his  death,  resignation,  or  removal.

     (e)        Any two or more offices may be held by the same person, except
that  the  president  and  the  secretary  shall  not  be  the  same  person.

     6.02     Removal.  Any  officer  or  agent  elected  or  appointed by the
              -------
board  of  directors  may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its
judgment  the  best  interests of the corporation will be served thereby. Such
removal  shall  be  without  prejudice  to the contract rights, if any, of the
person so removed. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of
itself  create  contract  rights.

     6.03     Vacancies.    Any  vacancy  occurring  in  any  office  of  the
              ---------
corporation (by death, resignation, removal or otherwise) may be filled by the
board  of  directors.

     6.04     Authority.  Officers  and  agents  shall have such authority and
              ---------
perform  such  duties  in the management of the corporation as are provided in
these  bylaws  or as may be determined by resolution of the board of directors
not  inconsistent  with  these  bylaws.

     6.05     Compensation.  The  compensation  of  officers  and agents shall
              ------------
be  fixed  from  time  to  time  by  the  board  of  directors.

     6.06     President.    The  president  shall  be  the  chief  executive
              ---------
officer  of  the  corporation;  he  shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of  the
shareholders  and  the  board  of  directors,  shall  have  general and active
management  of the business and affairs of the corporation, shall see that all
orders  and resolutions of the board are carried into effect. He shall perform
such  other  duties  and  have such other authority and powers as the board of
directors  may  from  time  to  time  prescribe.

     6.07     Vice President.  The  vice  presidents  in  the  order  of their
              --------------
seniority,  unless  otherwise  determined by the board of directors, shall, in
the  absence  or  disability of the president, perform the duties and have the
authority  and  exercise  the powers of the president. They shall perform such
other  duties  and  have  such  other  authority  and  powers  as the board of
directors may from time to time prescribe or as the president may from time to
time  delegate.

     6.08     Secretary.
              ---------

<PAGE>

     (a)     The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors
and  all  meetings  of  the shareholders and record all votes, actions and the
minutes  of  all  proceedings  in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall
perform  like  duties  for  the  executive and other committees when required.

     (b)        He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of
the  shareholders  and  special  meetings  of  the  board  of  directors  .

     (c)        He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the corporation and,
when authorized by the board of directors or the executive committee, affix it
to  any  instrument requiring it. When so affixed, it shall be attested by his
signature  or  by  the  signature  of the treasurer or an assistant secretary.

     (d)          He shall be under the supervision of the president. He shall
perform  such  other  duties  and  have such other authority and powers as the
board  of  directors  may  from time to time prescribe or as the president may
from  time  to  time  prescribe.

     6.09     Assistant Secretary.  The  assistant  secretaries  in  the order
              -------------------
of  their  seniority,  unless  otherwise determined by the board of directors,
shall,  in  the absence or disability of the secretary, perform the duties and
have  the  authority  and  exercise  the  powers  of the secretary. They shall
perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors
may  from  time  to  time  prescribe or as the president may from time to time
prescribe.

     6.10     Treasurer.
              ---------

     (a)       The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and
securities  and  shall  keep  full  and  accurate  accounts  of  receipts  and
disbursements  of  the  corporation  and  shall  deposit  all moneys and other
valuables  in  the  name  and to the credit of the corporation in depositories
designated  by  the  board  of  directors.

     (b)      He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as ordered by the
board  of  directors,  and  prepare  financial  statements  as  they  direct.

     (c)          If  required  by  the  board of directors, he shall give the
corporation  a  bond  (in  such  form,  in  such  sum, and with such surety or
sureties  as  shall be satisfactory to the board) for the faithful performance
of  the  duties  of  his  office  and  for  the
restoration  to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement
or  removal  from  office,  of  all  books,  papers, vouchers, money and other
property  of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to
the  corporation.

     (d)      He shall perform such other duties and have such other authority
and powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe or as the
president  may  from  time  to  time  delegate.

     6.11     Assistant Treasurers.  The  assistant  treasurers  in  the order
              --------------------
of  their  seniority,  unless  otherwise determined by the board of directors,
shall,  in  the absence or disability of the treasurer, perform the duties and
have  the  authority  and  exercise  the  powers  of the treasurer. They shall
perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors
may  from  time  to  time  prescribe  or  the  president may from time to time
delegate.


                   ARTICLE 7: CERTIFICATES AND SHAREHOLDERS

     7.01     Certificates.   Certificates  in  the  form  determined  by  the
              ------------
board  of  directors  shall  be  delivered  representing  all  shares to which
shareholders  are  entitled.  Certificates shall be consecutively numbered and
shall  be  entered  in  the  books of the corporation as they are issued. Each
certificate shall state on its face the holder's name, the number and class of
shares,  the  par  value of shares or a statement that such shares are without
par  value,  and  such  other  matters  as may be required by law. It shall be
signed by the president or a vice president and such other officer or officers
as  the board of directors shall designate, and may be sealed with the seal of
the corporation or a facsimile thereof. If a certificate is countersigned by a
transfer  agent,  or  an assistant transfer agent or registered by a registrar
(either  of  which  is  other  than  the  corporation  or  an  employee of the
corporation),  the  signature  of  any  officer  may  be  facsimile.

<PAGE>

     7.02     Issuance.  Shares  (both  treasury  and authorized but unissued)
              --------
may  be  issued  for  such consideration (not less than par value) and to such
persons  as the board of directors may determine from time to time. Shares may
not be issued until the full amount of the consideration, fixed as provided by
law,  has  been  paid.

     7.03     Payment  for  Shares.
              --------------------

     (a)          Kind.  The  consideration  for this issuance of shares shall
                  ----
consist  of money paid, labor done, (including services actually performed for
the  corporation),  property  (tangible  or  intangible)  actually  received,
promissory  notes  or  the  promise  of  future  services.

     (b)        Valuation.  In  the  absence  of fraud in the transaction, the
                ---------
judgment  of  the board of directors as to the value of consideration received
shall  be  conclusive.

     (c)         Effect.  When  consideration,  fixed  as provided by law, has
                 ------
been  paid,  the  shares  shall  be  deemed  to  have been issued and shall be
considered  fully  paid  and  nonassessable.

     (d)       Allocation of Consideration.  The  consideration  received  for
               ---------------------------
shares  shall  be allocated by the board of directors, in accordance with law,
between  stated  capital  and  capital  surplus  accounts.

     7.04     Subscription.  Unless  otherwise  provided  in  the subscription
              ------------
agreement, subscriptions for shares, whether made before or after organization
of the corporation, shall be paid in full at such time or in such installments
and  at  such times as shall be determined by the board of directors. Any call
made  by  the board of directors for payment on subscriptions shall be uniform
as  to all shares of the same series. In case of default in the payment on any
installment  or  call  when  payment  is  due,  the corporation may proceed to
collect  the amount due in the same manner as any debt due to the corporation.

     7.05     Lien.    For  any  indebtedness  of  a  shareholder  to  the
              ----
corporation,  the  corporation shall have a first and prior lien on all shares
of its stock owned by him and on all dividends or other distributions declared
thereon.

     7.06     Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.    The  corporation
              --------------------------------------
shall  issue  a  new  certificate  in  place  of  any  certificate  for shares
previously  issued  if  the  registered  owner  of  the  certificate:

     (a)       Claim.  Makes  proof  in  affidavit form that it has been lost,
               -----
destroyed  or  wrongfully  taken;  and

     (b)       Timely Request.  Requests  the  issuance  of  a new certificate
               --------------
before  the corporation has notice that the certificate has been acquired by a
purchaser  for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim; and

     (c)       Bond.  Gives  a  bond  in  such  form,  and with such surety or
               ----
sureties,  with  fixed  or  open  penalty,  as  the corporation may direct, to
indemnify  the  corporation  (and  its  transfer  agent and registrar, if any)
against  any  claim  that  may  be  made  on  account  of  the  alleged  loss,
destruction,  or  theft  of  the  certificate;  and

<PAGE>

     (d)       Other  Requirements.    Satisfies  any  other  reasonable
               -------------------
requirements  imposed  by  the corporation.  When a certificate has been lost,
apparently  destroyed  or  wrongfully taken, and the holder of record fails to
notify the corporation within a reasonable time after he has notice of it, and
the  corporation  registers  a  transfer  of  the  shares  represented  by the
certificate  before  receiving  such  notification,  the  holder  of record is
precluded  from  making  any claim against the corporation for the transfer or
for  a  new  certificate.

     7.07     Registration of Transfer.  The  corporation  shall  register the
              ------------------------
transfer  of  a  certificate  for  shares  presented  to  it  for transfer if:

     (a)       Endorsement.  The  certificate  is  properly  endorsed  by  the
               -----------
registered  owner  or  by  his  duly  authorized  attorney;  and

     (b)       Guarantee and Effectiveness of Signature.    The  signature  of
               ----------------------------------------
such person has been guaranteed by a national banking association or member of
New  York  Stock  Exchange,  and  reasonable  assurance  is  given  that  such
endorsements  are  effective;  and

     (c)       Adverse Claims.  The  corporation  has  no notice of an adverse
               --------------
claim  or  has  discharged  any  duty  to  inquire  into  such  a  claim;  and

     (d)       Collection  of Taxes.   Any  applicable  law  relating  to  the
               --------------------
collection  of  taxes  has  been  complied  with.

     7.08     Registered Owner.    Prior  to  due presentment for registration
              ----------------
of  transfer  of  a  certificate  for  shares,  the  corporation may treat the
registered  owner  as  the  person  exclusively  entitled  to vote, to receive
notices  and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of a shareholder.

     7.09     Pre-Emptive Rights.    No  shareholder  or  other  person  shall
              ------------------
have  any  pre-emptive  right  whatsoever.


                           ARTICLE 8: GENERAL PROVISIONS

     8.01     Dividends  and  Reserves.
              ------------------------

     (a)      Declaration and Payment.  Subject  to  statute  and the articles
              -----------------------
of  incorporation,  dividends may be declared by the board of directors at any
regular  or special meeting and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares
of  the corporation. The declaration and payment shall be at the discretion of
the  board  of  directors.

     (b)      Record Date.  The  board  of  directors  may  fix  in  advance a
              -----------
record  date  for  the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive
payment  of any dividend, the record date to be not more than fifty days prior
to  the payment date of such dividend, or the board of directors may close the
stock transfer books for such purpose for a period of not more than fifty days
prior  to  the  payment date of such dividend. In the absence of any action by
the  board of directors, the date upon which the board of directors adopts the
resolution  declaring  the  dividend  shall  be  the  record  date.

     (c)      Reserves.  By  resolution  the  board  of  director s may create
              --------
such  reserve  or reserves out of the earned surplus of the corporation as the
directors  from time to time, in their discretion, think proper to provide for
contingencies, or to equalize dividends, or to repair or maintain any property
of  the  corporation,  or  for  any other purpose they think beneficial to the
corporation.  The  directors  may  modify  or  abolish any such reserve in the
manner  in  which  it  was  created.

<PAGE>

     8.02     Books and Records.   The  corporation  shall  keep  correct  and
              -----------------
complete  books  and  records  of  account  and  shall  keep  minutes  of  the
proceedings  of its shareholders and board of directors, and shall keep at its
registered  office  or  principal  place  of business, or at the office of its
transfer  agent  or  registrar, a record of its shareholders, giving the names
and  addresses of all shareholders and the number and class of the shares held
by  each.

     8.03     Annual Statement.  The  board  of  directors shall mail to  each
              ----------------
shareholder of record, at least 10 days before each annual meeting, a full and
clear  statement of the business and condition of the corporation, including a
reasonably  detailed  balance  sheet, income statement, surplus statement, and
statement  of  changes in financial position, for the last fiscal year and for
the  prior  fiscal  year,  all  prepared in conformity with generally accepted
accounting  principles  applied  on  a  consistent  basis  and  certified  by
independent  public  accountants.

     8.04     Checks and Notes.  All  checks  or  demands  for money and notes
              ----------------
of  the  corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other
person  or  persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

     8.05     Fiscal Year.  The  fiscal  year  of  the  corporation  shall  be
              -----------
fixed  by  resolution  of  the  board  of  directors.

     8.06     Seal.  The  corporation  seal  (of  which  there  may  be one or
              ----
more  exemplars) shall contain the name of the corporation and the name of the
state of incorporation. The seal may be used by impressing it or reproducing a
facsimile  of  it,  or  otherwise.

     8.07     Indemnification;  Insurance.
              ---------------------------

     (a)      Persons.    The  corporation  shall  indemnify,  to  the  extent
              -------
provided  in  paragraphs  (b),  (d)  or  (f):

     (l)      any person who is or was director, officer, agent or employee of
the  corporation,  and

     (2)     any person who serves or served at the corporation's request as a
director,  officer, agent, employee, partner or trustee of another corporation
or  of  a  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust  or  other  enterprise.

     (b)        Extent--Derivative Suits.  In  case  of  a  suit  by or in the
                ------------------------
right  of the corporation against a person named in paragraph (a) by reason of
his holding a position named in paragraph (a), the corporation shall indemnify
him  if  he  satisfies  the standard in paragraph (c), for expenses (including
attorneys'  fees  but  excluding  amounts  paid  in  settlement)  actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of the
suit.

     (c)        Standard--Derivative Suits.  In  case  of  a suit by or in the
                --------------------------
right of the corporation, a person named in paragraph (a) shall be indemnified
only  if:

     (l)     he  is  successful  on  the  merits  or  otherwise,  or

     (2)     he acted in good faith in the transaction which is the subject of
the  suit, and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to,
the best interests of the corporation. However, he shall not be indemnified in
respect  of any claim, issue or matter as to which he has been adjudged liable
for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation
unless  (and  only to the extent that) the court in which the suit was brought
shall  determine,  upon application, that despite the adjudication but in view
of  all  the  circumstances, he is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity
for  such  expenses  as  the  court  shall  deem  proper.

<PAGE>

     (d)      Extent--Nonderivative Suits.  In  case  of  a  suit,  action  or
              ---------------------------
proceeding,  (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative), other
than a suit by or in the right of the corporation, together hereafter referred
to  as a nonderivative suit, against a person named in paragraph (a) by reason
of  his  holding  a  position  named  in  paragraph (a), the corporation shall
indemnify  him  if  he  satisfies  the  standard in paragraph (e), for amounts
actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by  him in connection with the defense or
settlement  of  the  nonderivative  suit  as
(1)            expenses  (including  attorney's  fees),
(2)          amounts  paid  in  settlement,
(3)          judgments,  and
(4)          fines.

     (e)      Standard--Non-derivative Suits.  In  case  of  a  non-derivative
              ------------------------------
suit,  a  person  named  in  paragraph  (a)  shall  be  indemnified  only  if:

     (l)     he  is  successful  on  the  merits  or  otherwise,  or

     (2)     he acted in good faith in the transaction which is the subject of
the  non-derivative  suit, and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or
not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any
criminal  action  or  proceeding,  he had no reason to believe his conduct was
unlawful.  The  termination  of  a  non-derivative  suit  by  judgment, order,
settlement,  conviction,  or  upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent
shall  not,  of itself, create a presumption that the person failed to satisfy
the  standard  of  this  paragraph  (e)(2).

     (f)      Determination That Standard Has Been Met.    A  determination
              ----------------------------------------
that  the standard of paragraph (c) or (e) has been satisfied may be made by a
court.  Or,  except  as  stated  in  paragraph  (c)(2)(2nd  sentence),  the
determination  may  be  made  by:

     (l)          a  majority  of  the  directors  of the corporation (whether
or  not  a  quorum) who were not parties to the action, suit or proceeding, or

     (2)          independent  legal  counsel  (appointed by a majority of the
directors  of  the  corporation,  whether  or  not a quorum, or elected by the
shareholders  of  the  corporation)  in  a  written  opinion,  or

     (3)          the  shareholders  of  the  corporation.

     (g)      Proration.  Anyone  making  a  determination under paragraph (f)
              ---------
may  determine  that a person has met the standards as to some matters but not
as  to  others,  and  may  reasonably  prorate  amounts  to  be  indemnified.

     (h)          Advance  Payment.  The  corporation  may  pay in advance any
expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees)  which  may  become  subject  to
indemnification  under  paragraphs  (a)-(g)  if:

     (l)       the  board  of  directors  authorizes the specific payment, and

     (2)       the person receiving the payment undertakes in writing to repay
unless  it  is ultimately determined that he is entitled to indemnification by
the  corporation  under  paragraphs  (a)-(g).

     (i)      Nonexclusive.    The  indemnification  provided  by  paragraphs
              ------------
(a)-(g)  shall  not  be exclusive of any other rights to which a person may be
entitled  by  law,  bylaw,  agreement,  vote  of shareholders or disinterested
directors,  or  otherwise.

     (j)      Continuation.    The  indemnification  and  advance  payment
              ------------
provided by paragraphs (a)-(g) shall continue as to a person who has ceased to
hold a position named in paragraph (a) and shall inure to his heirs, executors
and  administrators.

<PAGE>

     (k)      Insurance.    The  corporation  may  purchase  and  maintain
              ---------
insurance on behalf of any person who holds or who has held any position named
in  paragraph (a), against any liability incurred by him in any such position,
or  arising  out  of  his status as such, whether or not the corporation would
have  power  to indemnify him against such liability under paragraphs (a)-(h).

     (l)      Reports.    Indemnification  payments,  advance  payments,  and
              -------
insurance  purchases  and  payments  made  under  paragraphs  (a)-(k) shall be
reported  in  writing  to  the  shareholders  of the corporation with the next
notice  of  annual  meeting,  or  within  six  months,  whichever  is  sooner.

     8.08     Resignation.    Any  director,  committee  member,  officer  or
              -----------
agent  may  resign by giving written notice to the president or the secretary.
The  resignation  shall  take  effect  at  the  time  specified  therein,  or
immediately  if  no time is specified. Unless otherwise specified therein, the
acceptance  of  such  resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

     8.09     Amendment  of  Bylaws.
              ---------------------

     (a)      These bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed at any meeting
of  the  board  of  directors at which a quorum is present, by the affirmative
vote  of  a majority of the directors present at such meeting, provided notice
of the proposed alteration, amendment, or repeal is contained in the notice of
the  meeting.

     (b)         These bylaws may also be altered, amended, or repealed at any
meeting  of  the  shareholders at which a quorum is present or represented, by
the  affirmative  vote  of  the holders of a majority of the shares present or
represented  at  the  meeting and entitled to vote thereat, provided notice of
the proposed alteration, amendment or repeal is contained in the notice of the
meeting.

     8.10     Construction.    Whenever  the  context  so  requires,  the
              ------------
masculine  shall  include  the  feminine  and  neuter,  and the singular shall
include  the  plural,  and conversely. If any portion of these bylaws shall be
invalid  or  inoperative,  then,  so  far  as  is  reasonable  and  possible:

     (a)          The  remainder of these bylaws shall be considered valid and
operative,  and

     (b)         Effect shall be given to the intent manifested by the portion
held  invalid  or  inoperative.

     8.11     Table  of Contents; Headings.  The  table  of  contents  and
              ----------------------------
headings  are for organization, convenience and clarity. In interpreting these
bylaws,  they  shall  be  subordinated  in  importance  to  the  other written
material.

     8.12     Relation to Articles of Incorporation.  These  bylaws  are
              -------------------------------------
subject  to  and  governed  by,  the  articles  of  incorporation.


     We  the undersigned, president and secretary of the Corporation do hereby
certify  that  the  foregoing  bylaws  are  the  true and legal bylaws of FLEX
FINANCIAL  GROUP,  INC.,  a  Texas Corporation, and that the same were adopted
unanimously  by Action of Board of Directors Without Organizational Meeting on
the  17th  day  of  August,  1995.



                              /S/  Michael  t.  Fearnow

                              Michael  T.  Fearnow,  President


ATTEST:


/S/  Michael  t.  Fearnow

Michael  T.  Fearnow,  Secretary



<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.1

                               ESCROW AGREEMENT

     WHEREAS, Flex Acquisitions Corporation, a Texas corporation, and American
Nortel  Communications,  a  Wyoming  corporation,  have  caused  or will cause
certain  shares to be deposited in escrow with SOUTHWEST BANK OF TEXAS N.A., a
national  banking  corporation  ("Escrow Agent"), on terms and conditions more
particularly  described  herein.

     NOW,  THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the undersigned hereby
agree  as  follows:

                                  ARTICLE I
                             TERMS AND CONDITIONS

     1.1     Establishment of Fund.  The undersigned have caused or will cause
to  be  deposited  with  the Escrow Agent 20,000 spin-off shares of FAC common
stock  (the  balance  thereof  remaining  from  time to time being referred to
herein  as  the  "Fund").

     1.2      Representation. Southwest Bank of Texas represents that it is an
"insured  depository  institution" as that term is defined in Section 3(c) (2)
of  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act.

     1.3        Treatment of Fund. The 20,000 spinoff shares shall be escrowed
with  Southwest  Bank of Texas pursuant to the following terms and conditions:

          A.    After  declaration  by  American Nortel of the dividend to its
shareholders  of  the  20,000  spinoff  shares,  either American Nortel or its
registrar-transfer  agent  shall  deliver  to  Escrow Agent stock certificates
representing  the  spinoff  shares, which certificates shall evidence on their
faces  the  identity  of  the  owners  of  the  shares  represented  by  each
certificate.

          B.      Escrow agent shall hold the escrowed certificates solely for
the  benefit  of  the  owners  of the shares represented by such certificates,
which  owners  shall have all voting rights with respect to such shares as are
provided  by  Texas  law.  However,  no  transfer  or other disposition of the
escrowed  securities  or  any  interest  related  to  such securities shall be
permitted  by  FAC or recognized by Escrow Agent other than by will or the law
of  descent  and  distribution,  or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations
order as defined by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended or to Title I
of  the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act.

     1.4      Escrow Procedure and Payment Instruction. The Fund shall be held
and  disbursed  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  this Escrow Agreement as
follows:

          The  certificates  placed  in  escrow  with  Escrow  Agent  shall be
released from escrow and delivered by Escrow Agent to FAC's registrar-transfer
agent  for delivery by it to the owners of the certificates at such time as or
after Escrow Agent has received a signed representation from FAC as documented
in  Exhibit  A,  together  with any other evidence acceptable to Escrow Agent,
that  the  conditions and requirements set forth in either paragraph 1.4.A. or
1.4.B.  below  have  been  met.

          A.    Should  the  merger  described  in  the Agreement of Merger be
approved  by  the  shareholders of both FAC and Flex Financial, and should the
necessary  merger documents be filed with the Secretary of State of Texas, FAC
shall  so  represent  this to Escrow Agent and shall state the date the merger
became  effective.

          B.   Should the proposed merger described in the Agreement of Merger
not  be  approved and effected, FAC proposes to search for a merger partner or
for  a  suitable business or assets to be acquired. At such time as FAC should
execute  an agreement of merger or for the acquisition of a business or assets
that  would  constitute  the  business of FAC, FAC shall file a post-effective
amendment  to  the  S-4  disclosing  the  information  specified  by  the  S-4
registration  statement  form  and  Industry  Guides,  including  financial
statements  of  FAC  and  the  company  to  be  acquired, and the registration
statement  must  become  effective  at  the  Commission. Then, the alternative
merger  or  acquisition  of  a business or assets must be approved and legally
effected,  at  which  time  FAC  shall represent to Escrow Agent that this has
occurred  and  that  all  requirements  of the Commission for the release from
escrow  of  the  certificates  have  been  met.

<PAGE>

     1.5     Termination. This Escrow Agreement shall terminate upon the first
to  occur  of  any  of  the  following  events:

          A.    The disbursement of the balance of the Fund in accordance with
the  provisions  of  Section  1.4  hereof.

          B.      The  expiration of 18 months after the effective date of the
initial  S-4,  unless  certificates  have  been  earlier  released from escrow
according  to  the  provisions  in  Section 1.4. above. Should no release from
escrow  have occurred by the termination date, Escrow Agent shall deliver, for
cancellation,  all  escrowed  stock  certificates  to  FAC's  stock
registrar-transfer  agent.

                                  ARTICLE II
                        PROVISIONS AS TO ESCROW AGENT

     2.1          Limitation  of  Escrow  Agent's  Capacity.

          A.    This Escrow Agreement expressly and exclusively sets forth the
duties  of  Escrow Agent with respect to any and all matters pertinent hereto,
and  no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Escrow Agreement
against  Escrow  Agent. This Escrow Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
between  the  Escrow Agent and the other parties hereto in connection with the
subject matter of this escrow, and no other agreement entered into between the
parties,  or  any of them, shall be considered as adopted or binding, in whole
or  in  part,  upon  the  Escrow  Agent  notwithstanding  that  any such other
agreement  may  be  deposited  with  Escrow Agent or the Escrow Agent may have
knowledge  thereof.

          B.      Escrow Agent acts hereunder as a depository only, and is not
responsible  or  liable  in  any  manner  whatsoever  for  the  sufficiency,
correctness,  genuineness  or  validity  of  the subject matter of this Escrow
Agreement  or  any  part thereof, or for the form of execution thereof, or for
the  identity  or authority of any person executing or depositing such subject
matter.  Escrow  Agent shall in no way be responsible for notifying, nor shall
it  be  its  duty to notify, any party hereto or any other party interested in
this Escrow Agreement of any payment required or maturity occurring under this
Escrow  Agreement  or  under  the  terms of any instrument deposited herewith.

     2.2          Authority  to  Act.

          A.      Escrow  Agent  is  hereby  authorized  and  directed  by the
undersigned  to  deliver  the  subject matter of this Escrow Agreement only in
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Article  I  of  this  Escrow Agreement.

          B.        Escrow Agent shall be protected in acting upon any written
notice,  request,  waiver, consent, certificate, receipt, authorization, power
of  attorney  or  other  paper  or  document  which Escrow Agent in good faith
believes  to be genuine and what it purports to be, including, but not limited
to, items directing investment or non investment of funds, items requesting or
authorizing  release,  disbursement or retainage of the subject matter of this
Escrow  Agreement  and  items  amending  the  terms  of this Escrow Agreement.

          C.   Escrow Agent may consult with legal counsel in the event of any
dispute  or question as to the construction of any of the provisions hereof or
its  duties  hereunder,  and  it  shall  incur no liability and shall be fully
protected  in  acting  in  accordance  with  the  advice  of  such  counsel.

<PAGE>

          D.    In the event of any disagreement between any of the parties to
this  Escrow Agreement, or between any of them and any other person, resulting
in adverse claims or demands being made in connection with the matters covered
by this Escrow Agreement, or in the event that Escrow Agent, in good faith, be
in  doubt as to what action it should take hereunder, Escrow Agent may, at its
option,  refuse  to comply with any claims or demands on it, or refuse to take
any  other  action  hereunder,  so long as such disagreement continues or such
doubt  exists,  and  in  any  such  event, Escrow Agent shall not be or become
liable  in  any  way  or  to any person for its failure or refusal to act, and
Escrow Agent shall be entitled to continue so to refrain from acting until (i)
the  rights  of  all  interested  parties  shall  have  been fully and finally
adjudicated  by  a  court  of  competent jurisdiction, or (ii) all differences
shall  have been adjudged and all doubt resolved by agreement among all of the
interested  persons,  and  Escrow  Agent  shall  have been notified thereof in
writing  signed  by  all  such  persons. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Escrow
Agent  may  in  its discretion obey the order, judgment, decree or levy of any
court,  whether  with  or without jurisdiction, or of any agency of the United
States  or any political subdivision thereof, or of any agency of the State of
Texas  or  of  any  political  subdivision thereof, and Escrow Agent is hereby
authorized  in  its  sole discretion, to comply with and obey any such orders,
judgments,  decrees  or  levies.  The  right  of  Escrow  Agent  under  this
sub-paragraph  are  cumulative of all other rights which it may have by law or
otherwise.

          E.      In  the  event  that  any controversy should arise among the
parties  with  respect  to  the  Escrow  Agreement, or should the Escrow Agent
resign  and  the  parties  fail  to  select another Escrow Agent to act in its
stead,  the  Escrow  Agent  shall  have  the  right  to  institute  a  bill of
interpleader in any court of competent jurisdiction to determine the rights of
the  parties.

     2.3          Compensation/Indemnification.

          A.      Escrow Agent shall be entitled to reasonable compensation as
well  as  reimbursement  for  its  reasonable  costs  and expenses incurred in
connection  with  the performance by it of service under this Escrow Agreement
(including  reasonable  fees  and  expenses  of  Escrow  Agent's counsel). The
parties  hereto  agree  that  escrow  fees  in  the  amount of $750.00 will be
deducted  from  the  Fund  upon  the  commencement  of  the escrow and on each
anniversary  date  thereafter.

          B.    The parties to this Escrow Agreement (other than Escrow Agent)
hereby jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold Escrow Agent harmless
from  all  losses,  costs,  claims, demands, expenses, damages, and attorney's
fees suffered or incurred by Escrow Agent as a result of anything which it may
do  or  refrain  from  doing  in  connection with this Escrow Agreement or any
litigation  or cause of action arising from or in conjunction with this Escrow
Agreement  or  involving  the  subject matter hereof or Escrow Funds or monies
deposited  hereunder  or for any interest upon any such monies. This indemnity
shall  include,  but not be limited to, all costs incurred in conjunction with
any  interpleader  which the Escrow Agent may enter into regarding this Escrow
Agreement.

     2.4          Miscellaneous.

          A.      Escrow Agent shall make no disbursement, investment or other
use  of  funds until and unless it has collected funds. Escrow Agent shall not
be  liable  for collection items until the proceeds of the same in actual cash
have  been  received  or the Federal Reserve has given Escrow Agent credit for
the  funds.
          B.   Escrow Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice to
the  parties  hereto,  whereupon the parties hereto will immediately appoint a
successor  Escrow  Agent.  Until  a  successor Escrow Agent has been named and
accepts  its appointment or until another disposition of the subject matter of
this Escrow Agreement has been agreed upon by all parties hereto, Escrow Agent
shall  be  discharged  of all of its duties hereunder save to keep the subject
matter  whole.
          C.    All representations, covenants, and indemnifications contained
in  this  Article  II  shall survive the termination of this Escrow Agreement.

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE III
                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

     3.2          Discharge  of  Escrow Agent. Upon the delivery of all of the
subject  matter  or monies pursuant to the terms of this Escrow Agreement, the
duties  of  Escrow  Agent shall terminate and Escrow Agent shall be discharged
from  any  further  obligation  hereunder.

     3.3       Escrow Instructions. Where directions or instructions from more
than  one of the undersigned are required, such directions or instructions may
be  given by separate instruments of similar tenor. Any of the undersigned may
act  hereunder  through  an  agent  or attorney-in fact, provided satisfactory
written  evidence of authority is first furnished to any party relying on such
authority.
     3.4      Notice. Any payment, notice, request for consent, report, or any
other communication required or permitted in this Escrow Agreement shall be in
writing  and  shall  be deemed to have been given when personally delivered to
the  party  hereunder  specified  or  when  placed  in the United States mail,
registered  or  certified,  with return receipt requested, postage prepaid and
addressed  as  follows:

     If  to  Escrow  Agent:

          Southwest  Bank  of  Texas,  N.A.
          4295  San  Felipe
          P.  O.  Box  27459
          Houston,  Texas  77227-7459
          Attn:    Jenifer  Stepanik/Vice  President

     If  to  Flex  Acquisitions  Corporation:

          770  S.  Post  Oak  Lane
          Suite  515
          Houston  TX    7  77056
          Attn:  William  K.  Roberts

     If  to  American  Nortel:

          7201  E.  Camelback  Road
          Suite  320
          Scottsdale  AZ  85251
          Attn:  Bill  Williams,    CEO

     Any party may unilaterally designate a different address by giving notice
of  each  such  change  in  the  manner  specified  above to each other party.
     3.5          Governing Law. This Escrow Agreement is being made in and is
intended to be construed according to the laws of the State of Texas. It shall
inure  to  and  be  binding  upon  the  parties  hereto  and  their respective
successors.  heirs  and  assigns.

     3.6       Construction. Words used in the singular number may include the
plural and the plural may include the singular. The section headings appearing
in  this instrument have been inserted for convenience only and shall be given
no  substantive meaning or significance whatsoever in construing the terms and
conditions  of  the  Escrow  Agreement.

     3.7         Amendment. The terms of this Escrow Agreement may be altered,
amended,  modified  or  revoked only by an instrument in writing signed by the
undersigned  and  Escrow  Agent.

<PAGE>

EXECUTED  as  of  the  dates  set  forth  below.

                              American  Nortel  Communications,  Inc.


Date:    August  8,  1996
<PAGE>
                              By:  /S/  W.  P.  Williams,  Jr.
                              Name:  William  P.  Williams
                              Title:  President/CEO

                              Flex  Acquisitions  Corporation

Date:  8-15-96                By: /S/ M. Stephen Roberts
                              Name:  M.  Stephen  Roberts
                              Title:  President



     SOUTHWEST  BANK  OF  TEXAS,  N.A.,  Escrow  Agent,  hereby  accepts  its
appointment  as  Escrow  Agent as described in the foregoing Escrow Agreement,
subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  therein.

                              SOUTHWEST  BANK  OF  TEXAS,  N.A.

Date:  8/21/96                By:  /S/  David  C.  Farries
                              Name:    David  C  Farries
                              Title:    EVP/Chief  Financial  Officer

<PAGE>

                          ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT

     The  undersigned  hereby  acknowledge receipt from and/or disbursement by
Southwest  Bank,  N.A.,  Escrow Agent under the foregoing Escrow Agreement, of
the  subject  matter  of  the  Escrow  Agreement  as  described in such Escrow
Agreement;  the  undersigned  acknowledge a faithful and proper performance by
said  Escrow  Agent  of  its  duties  under  said  Escrow  Agreement,  and  in
consideration  of  such  disbursement hereby release and discharge said Escrow
Agent  from all further responsibility or liability as Escrow Agent under said
Escrow  Agreement.
     Executed  this  _____  day  of  ____________,  199__.


                              By:
                              Name:
                              Title:

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT A

Ms.  Jenifer  Stepanik
Southwest  Bank  of  Texas,  N.A.
As  Escrow  Agent
P.O.  Box  27459
Houston,  TX  77227-7459

Re:  Escrow  Agreement:    ___________________  and  _______________________

Dear  Ms.  Stepanik:

Reference  is made to the escrow agreement dated _____________________________
among  ________________________________,
_______________________________________,  and  Southwest  Bank  of Texas, N.A.
(the  "  Escrow  Agreement").  We represent that the requirements of paragraph
(e)(1)  and(e)(2)  of  SEC  Rule  419  have  been met and hereby instruct you,
pursuant  to  Section  1.4  of  the  Escrow  Agreement  to return the fund to:

               _____________________________
               _____________________________
               _____________________________
               _____________________________



By:
Name:
Title:


By:
Name:
Title:




<PAGE>
                                                   EXHIBIT 23.1

                         Law Offices of
                       M. Stephen Roberts
               770 South Post Oak Lane, Suite 515
                      Houston, Texas 77056
                   Telephone:  (713) 961-2696
                   Fax Number:  (713) 961-1148

M. Stephen Roberts
(Texas, Louisiana)


Michael T. Fearnow, President
Flex Acquisitions Corporation
770 S. Post Oak Lane, Suite 515
Houston, TX 77056

Dear Mr. Fearnow:


The  undersigned  is  named  in  the  Form  S-4  and  Form  SB-2  Registration
Statements  of  "Flex  Acquisitions  Corporation" (the  "Company"),  a  Texas
corporation, which registration statements are to  be  filed contemporaneously
and  simultaneously with the Securities and Exchange Commission in  connection
with a proposed merger with Flex Financial Group,  Inc. , a Texas corporation,
a distribution by American NorTel Communications, Inc., a Wyoming corporation,
of certain of the shares of Common Stock of the Company to the shareholders of
American  NorTel  Communications,  Inc.,  and  a public offering of securities
("Units")  of  the Company.  The capacity in which the undersigned is named in
such  Registration Statement is that of counsel to the Company and as a person
who  has  given  an opinion on the validity of the securities being registered
and  upon  other  legal matters concerning the registration or offering of the
securities  described  therein.

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in such Registration Statements
in the capacity therein described.

Yours very truly,

/S/ M. Stephen Roberts

M. Stephen Roberts
November 27, 1996









<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 23.2











Flex  Acquisitions  Corporation:



We  consent  to  the use of our report dated September 25, 1996 for the period
ended  July  31,  1996  in  Form  SB-2  and  Form  S-4 filed on behalf of Flex
Acquisitions  Corporation.


/S/  Harper  &  Pearson  Company

Harper  &  Pearson  Company
Houston,  Texas
November  22,  1996




<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 23.3











Flex  Financial  Group,  Inc.:



We  consent to the use of our report dated September 29, 1996, except for Note
D  dated November 4, 1996, for the period ended July 31, 1996 in Form SB-2 and
Form  S-4  filed  on  behalf  of  Flex  Acquisitions  Corporation.


/S/  Harper  &  Pearson  Company

Harper  &  Pearson  Company
Houston,  Texas
November  22,  1996






<TABLE> <S> <C>


        <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>  THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDING JULY 31, 1996 AND IS QUALIFIED IN
ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE NOTES THERETO.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                    3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUL-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                             MAR-21-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               JUL-31-1996
<CASH>                                               0
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                        0
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                     0
<PP&E>                                               0
<DEPRECIATION>                                       0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   4,992
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                              268
<BONDS>                                          4,000
<COMMON>                                         1,000
                                0
                                          0
<OTHER-SE>                                       (276)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                     4,992
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                     0
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                        0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 (276)
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  (276)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                  0
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     (276)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    (.01)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
        




</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission